mbarker: (BrainUnderRepair)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 19.45: A Close Reading on Structure: Tying It All Together 
 
 
Key Points: Key takeaways? POV as structure. Fitting in to the genre, and changing it. What's the beating heart of your story? Parallelism. Permission to experiment. Know the rules, then step away as needed. Not taxonomies, conversations. Figure out how it works. Who am I writing for? Early drafts are a mess! Build it in layers. Take little bits of joy along the way.
 
[Season 19, Episode 45]
 
[Howard] I have three be a better writer tips. The first, write. The second, read. The third, get together with other writers. That third one can be tricky, but we've got you covered. At the Writing Excuses retreats, we offer classes, one-on-one sessions, and assorted activities to inspire, motivate, and recharge writers just like you. As you make meaningful progress on your stories, you'll build connections with your fellow writers that will last for years to come. Check out our upcoming events at writingexcuses.com/retreats
 
[Mary Robinette] This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by our listeners, patrons, and friends. If you would like to learn how to support this podcast, visit www.patreon.com/writingexcuses.
 
[Season 19, Episode 45]
 
[Mary Robinette] This is Writing Excuses.
[DongWon] A Close Reading on Structure: Tying It All Together.
[Erin] 15 minutes long, because you're in a hurry.
[Howard] And we're not that smart.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary Robinette.
[DongWon] I'm DongWon.
[Erin] I'm Erin.
[Howard] And I'm Howard.
 
[Mary Robinette] This has been such a fun conversation. I have been enjoying this all through this series, of getting ready to really dig in. When you're thinking about these conversations, what's one of the big pieces that you took away that you're like, oh, I'm going to think about that a lot more now when I'm approaching my own work?
[Howard] For me, the big one was POV as structure. Because in Fifth Season, you have the usual scene switching of POV… I say usual. It's pretty common, you switch POV when you switch chapters, and that defines a structure. But there is… There's an all underlying superstructure there that we weren't expecting, part of the big turn, and there's an element of that that is hugely thematic. So I guess that's the big thing I came away with.
[DongWon] Yeah. I think for me, and this might be evident from how much I talked last episode…
[Laughter]
[DongWon] But, for me, the thing I think so much about with this book is how it fits in the genre, and what it has done to the genre and the excitement I have for books that will… That are coming out and will be coming out in conversation with this book. Moving away from restoration fantasy to a different model is so exciting to me, and I'm really interested to see where that goes and how that continues to develop.
[Erin] I think I'm going to be thinking a little bit about trying to figure out what the beating heart of my manuscripts are. Like, you know what I mean? Is it in this one… We were saying, like, it's the breaking apart of the world, it's the breaking apart of the Earth.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] And you see it resonate so many different times. I'd love to think about what is that for my work, and how can I make it so when we… We talked about in one episode when you see it from all angles, you're still seeing that same central theme and central idea.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. That's… That one was also very exciting to me. I think the thing for me that I had honestly not thought about before we started talking about it and seeing examples in this book was parallelism. I've talked about symmetry all the time… I think about that, I think about mirroring. But having those parallels and the different ways that things get represented… That I hadn't thought about using as a conscious choice going into something. I'm very excited about that as a tool to use that I haven't been consciously using.
[DongWon] Yeah. It's really one of my favorites, and it's one we've seen throughout the entire series of close readings. But, in this one in particular, I think N. K. Jemison does something really interesting and really just integrated into each of the storylines. All of the beats of the plots.
 
[Howard] The… Along with the point of view and parallelism, the shift in… Using second person and using third person, using both of them, threw me a little bit at first, and then it became a structural signaling device. And the big thing that I took away from it is, hey, Howard, that one project that you've shelved because you can't figure out whether you're allowed to change tenses and change from first to second to third person? The answer is, you're allowed to do this. Whether or not I do it well? Whether or not any of you ever see it, is a completely separate question. But, this book gave me permission to try some things that I look forward to failing at.
[Mary Robinette] I think that's a really good point. The… This book, also, when I read it the first time, gave me permission to start thinking about structure in a different way. Up to that point, I had very much been thinking seven point plot structure. That was kind of my go to. I knew that I was using a structure that… I was using it as a prompt in many ways, to help me spot for things. With this book, I think what Erin was talking about before, with that beating heart, that… That this was the book that made me start thinking, okay, but what if… What if I didn't use someone else's structure? What if I didn't use something that was existing? And went into it and made my own thing. So, like the model that I'm working on now, I have scenes that I want to hit, but I'm deliberately not using a three act or seven act structure, I'm setting my breaks where the emotion is pulling it through, rather than… And I'm letting that beating heart of the story pull it through. But, having said that, one thing that I want to flag for readers is that I don't think N. K. Jemison could have written this as her first book.
 
[DongWon] Oh, absolutely not. This is what, her sixth book, seventh book, something like that. Yeah. I mean, she had two full series before this, Hundred Thousand Kingdoms, and then Killing Moon. So, like, she's deep into her career by this point, and was already quite successful as an author. Right? Then, I think, as we're going through this, a lot of this is, I think, yes, giving permission to break rules, but she's also showing such a mastery of the rule as she does it. She'll set it up, and then she'll break it. Right? I think that if you want to break rules is something that's really important of communicating, yeah, I know what I'm doing. Watch me do this, though. You know what I mean? There's so much the energy of how you can get away with quote unquote breaking the rules. So, I want people to read this and feel permission to try different things, to experiment, to not feel tied to a single tense, a single point of view, a single plot structure. Do some stuff that just feels really wild, that feels different and really stretch and grow. But do remember that you have to be good at the rule first, and understand the rule, so that you know what it is you're stepping away from.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. Although, I am going to push back on that slightly, just a language thing, and hearken back to something Dan said much earlier in the season, which was that we want to talk about tools, not the rules.
[DongWon] Yes.
[Mary Robinette] That's, I think, something that Nora shows is that she basically went into the hardware store and said, "Gimme your tools. I'm gonna make something."
[DongWon] Yeah. Yeah. Exactly. And, like, a tool is, there are ways you're supposed to use them in ways you're not. You can use it in ways you're not supposed to. There are risks to that.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[DongWon] You have to know what you're doing to get away with it.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. You do not want to cut off fingers.
[DongWon] Exactly. Exactly.
[Mary Robinette] At least not unin…
[DongWon] Not your own, and not on accident.
[Laughter]
[Erin] Sometimes you just have to try it in order to learn that that's not… Should you open the glass jar with a hammer? Maybe.
[DongWon] It'll work.
[Erin] If you try it and then… Hum. Like, there's some… There were some downsides to that process. It didn't quite work the way I thought. Okay. Next time, same thing, but in a bowl. Okay, sure, like maybe you don't learn exactly the lessons…
[DongWon] Just know you need a broom nearby.
[Erin] Exactly. Like… But then through that, like, who knows? Maybe the broom, to kill this analogy, is, like, turns out to be the thing that you end up using. So I think there's a lot of times… I love what Howard said about, like, the permission to try to play. And no one will know, like, what you write in the dark. If you write something in, like, fifth person, which is a new tense…
[Laughter]
[Erin] Maybe… So…
[DongWon] Fifth person?
[Erin] It's like [garbled] season.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] You've got first person…
[DongWon] Perspective that has broken off of other perspectives…
[Erin] If you can figure that out, go for it. [Garbled]
[DongWon] Does it tap into the cosmic mind of the being that doesn't experience time as a linear…
[Howard] It's like second person subjunctivitis…
[Laughter]
[Erin] [garbled] the only time [garbled] when you're alone…
[Laughter]
[Howard] And with a net.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] And if you figure it out, look, come out and let us know, and we will have you on the podcast. I promise.
[DongWon] If you figure it out, publish it. You're going to win a Nobel Prize
[Mary Robinette] I have created the fifth person…
[Howard] Hey, let's take a break for a moment because when we come back, I want to make a food metaphor.
 
[DongWon] So, this week, I want to talk to you about one of my favorite movies I've seen this year, and possibly ever. It's a movie called I Saw the TV Glow. It's out from A24, from the director Jane Schoenbrun. It's her second movie. She's a queer trans director, and this movie is very much for the queers. It's like a really beautiful story. Really, it's technically a horror movie, because I think no one knows what else to call it, but there is very little in it that's, like, actively scary. At the same time, that is a profoundly unsettling experience for a very wide range of reasons. Basically, it's a story of two young people who are obsessed with a particular TV show. It's sort of set in the late nineties, and the TV show is very Buffy the Vampire Slayer like. So it's a movie that's a lot about our relationship to the media that we consume, our relationship to each other, and to our own sense of identity, and how that changes over time, and what do we owe each other and what do we owe ourselves. It's an incredibly beautiful movie. It's so well done. It's really… Has such a specific incredible visual palette. The soundtrack is absolutely killer. I cannot stop listening to it. It's full of bangers. So I can't recommend I Saw the TV Glow high enough. It just hit [VOD?] And it will probably be on streaming soon, so you should be able to watch it.
 
[Howard] While I was reading this book, I was experimenting with some nondairy non-wheat sauces for Sandra. And realized I needed words. I didn't even know what certain things were called. So I went googling and I found out that there were five French… And they call them the mother sauces. The more I drilled down into that, the more my inner taxonomist began to scream, because one of the sauces is a water and oil emulsion, and the other four are all… All begin with a roux. All begin with flour and butter thickening. I was like, that's not five mother sauces. That's two mother sauces. It should have been a mother and a father sauce. The point here is that when you are making something… The whole French cuisine thing, all of the quote daughter sauces, you start from an understanding of the sauce that you came from to make something new. And you don't step too far from it, or nobody will know what they're eating.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Howard] And so I was ha… I had that whole epiphany sitting over the pot making a sauce, realizing it has to still be food when I'm done. You know what else is a water and oil emulsion? Industrial lubricants. Mixtures of water and oil that are designed to provide a coolant and lubri… You can't eat those.
[Mary Robinette] That is not where my brain went with industrial lubricants.
[Howard] The point here though is that as we learn these tools, and as we file them for ourselves, we need to know why we're using them. We need to know how people in the past have used them. DongWon, as you categorized these families of genre books, I feel like that's super important for us to remember.
[DongWon] Well, that's why… I think it's important that it's not taxonomies, it's conversations. Right? Genre is a conversation that we are all participating in. All the fights we see between different parts of the conversation, different subcategories, different subgenres, who's initiating it, who's leading it, and who's determining it, all of those are because the conversation that were in feels very natural and very important to us. Right? So when you talk about the mother sauces, it's not so much that here are the five categories of sauce that everything needs to fit into, it's this is in conversation with the veloute, this is in conversation with the bechamel.
[Howard] Yeah.
[DongWon] It's like those conversations… And once you say that, I see it on a menu, and I'm like, okay. This descending in this kind of order. Right? This is epic fantasy, this is adventure fantasy, this is romance. All these things create a conversation that I can then jump in and I know what language we're using, I know what terms we're agreeing on. And the comp titles that you're talking about so often are the most rigid form of that, the most specific form of that. Because we need it, for, like, a business purpose. But I do think that they are useful still in certain ways of letting us understand who it is we're talking to and why we're having this conversation. Right? I think military science fiction is having a different conversation than postcolonial fantasy is.
[Erin] I was thinking about comp titles, and I think they're really important, obviously, for business. But I think it's also really cool to think about, not just the what of a comp title, but also maybe some hows.
[DongWon] Yes.
[Erin], so, like, there's, like, my book is like X plus Y, but also, like, I would love to have, like, the word styling of this, and the plot of that, and the character relationships of this third thing because I think that helps us focus not on, like… If you're not in the middle of selling a book, like, comparing yourself to the end product of somebody else, but trying to understand the process. Joining the conversation versus sort of listening and then thinking, like, well, why isn't anybody talking to me?
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] Part of it is figuring out how it works. I think that's so important, and why I've loved doing this reading series, because it really got us into the how does it work.
[DongWon] Right.
[Erin] And that's the thing that, like, I think ultimately I will remember even if I forget the individual books, which I won't, because there amazing. But, like, even if I did somehow…
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] Like, I think I still will remember, like, the tools and the craft that came with them.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. I think that… That thinking, again, more consciously about the traditions that your writing in, which is one of the things that we were looking at with the Fifth Season. It's like, oh, yeah. If I think about that, if I think about who I want to be writing for, which I always think about kind of generally… I usually am also writing for one specific person. But if I am thinking more consciously about that, and about the ways in which I want to invert something that somebody else has done, it gives me a broader palette to play with. That's fun. I have really, really enjoyed the way we've been able to dig into this book, and I honestly wish we had more episodes that we could do with it.
 
[DongWon] Yeah. Absolutely. I mean, it's such a big, rich, dense text that there's so many things and so many conversations we could have here.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[Howard] One of the things that I'm looking forward to, and I… As of this moment, we haven't done it yet, is interviewing N. K. Jemison, and taking all of these thoughts that we've had across all of these episodes and trying to distill that into a conversation where we find out what really happened.
[Laughter]
[DongWon] Yes. Exactly.
[Mary Robinette] Yes. Because almost certainly, what we think the process was is not the process that went into creating this book.
[DongWon] Well, one thing I want to reiterate for our listeners. We've kind of hit this a couple of times, but this… Howard, you were quoting from the acknowledgments of the book at one point, about how incredibly difficult the process of writing this book was for N. K. Jemison. We can look at this and say, this is a masterpiece, that this is so exceptionally well done, and X, Y, Z. And as a reader, that can feel very intimidating. Right? But what I want to remind you all is that this was hard work that she did over years and a lot of careful thought and…
[Mary Robinette] And nearly threw away.
[DongWon] And nearly threw away. This book was, I think, a real struggle in a real way to get to where she wanted it to be. That's because writing really good books is hard. Writing really exciting fiction, breaking new ground, is all very difficult. Especially when you're trying to find a fifth POV to write from. Finding that territory is difficult. So if you're sitting there, writing, and being like, I don't know how to structure like this. I only know how to do five act structures, seven point plot structure, whatever it is. That's okay. We're not saying that you have to do anything like this. We're saying, look at this, there is so much we can learn from this. But also, God damn, this is hard.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[Howard] There's a piece, an art piece, called Ink Wing. It's framed, hanging on the wall in our house, which was done by my daughter while she was at art school, or during the time when she was in art school. She was at home at the time. And which she had given up on, was furious at to the point that she threw it and it frisbeed and ended up on the roof of the house. Then she climbed up and pulled it down from the roof of the house. In the way we've framed it, you can't quite see the bent corner. But I love that piece, because it's gorgeous. I can't see flaws in it. I can't see anything wrong with it. Yet I know personally the artist who created it was so upset at it that she threw it onto the roof of my house.
[Mary Robinette] This is a thing that a lot of people forget about. That there is that point in the process. One of the other things that I want you to take away from this, when you're thinking about your structure, and your writing something, and you're like, oh, this is a mess. For those of you who do crafting, as anyone walked into your crafting room while you were in the process?
[Chuckles]
[Mary Robinette] You know what that looks like.
[DongWon] I do not want people looking at my wood shop halfway through.
[Mary Robinette] Yes. It is an absolute mess. That is what early drafts are like. That is what the early structure is like. So you have freedom to be messy in these early drafts. The finished product that we have been all going Whew! Ha! That's something that came after many iterations. So remember that while you're working on this, if you take nothing else away from this structure discussion, remember that you can work it in layers.
[Erin] I think also that there is a way to take little bits of joy along the way.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[Erin] I have been learning to play the guitar this year. I am quite bad, I will say, still.
[Laughter]
[Erin] That there are chords that I do know now how to make with my fingers without thinking about it that I didn't before. One time I was strumming badly and I was like, but I actually know this is a G chord and I didn't before. I was like it is important to take a minute to marvel at the things you have mastered, the things you have learned, the things you feel good about. Because there's always something more you could be doing, there's always somebody writing quote unquote a better book. There's always somebody else doing something you wish you could. But only you can do the things that you have done. I think there's just something so important to take that with you and celebrate yourself. Because you rock.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[DongWon] Exactly.
[Mary Robinette] With that, I think we're going to give you homework. We're actually going to give you homework with your own work in progress.
 
[Mary Robinette] I want you to reverse engineer an outline for your work in progress. This doesn't have to be incredibly detailed, this can just be like here's the one important thing in this chapter. Much like we had you do with at the beginning of this where we had you look at the table of contents for this book. Then I want you to look at that outline that you've got, and I want you to try to add one parallel.
 
[Mary Robinette] This has been Writing Excuses. You're out of excuses. Now go write.
 
[Howard] Have you ever wanted to ask one of the Writing Excuses hosts for very specific, very you-focused help. There's an offering on the Writing Excuses Patreon that will let you do exactly that. The Private Instruction tier includes everything from the lower tiers plus a quarterly, one-on-one Zoom meeting with a host of your choice. You might choose, for example, to work with me on your humorous prose, engage DongWon's expertise on your worldbuilding, or study with Erin to level up your game writing. Visit patreon.com/writingexcuses for more details.
 
mbarker: (Burp)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 19.44: A Close Reading on Structure: Tradition and Innovation
 
 
Key points: Where does it fit into the fantasy lineage? Using tradition, but also breaking from it. In conversation with... What the writer intends and what the audience thinks. The conversation that the author is having with the genre and the conversation that the reader is having. Anxiety of influence! Fifth Season is a break from the restoration line of epic fantasy.  "The world is what it is. Unless you destroy it and start all over again, there's no changing it." Each POV is in a different genre. Story as unfolding and telling. When writing, do you think of being in conversation with other books, or with the canon? What has made you the storyteller you are? Who are you telling stories to? Be aware of the traditions you are following, and of the ones you are breaking. 
 
[Season 19, Episode 44]
 
[unknown] People are driven by the search for better. But when it comes to hiring, the best way to search for a candidate isn't to search at all. Don't search, match with Indeed. The hiring process can be slow and overwhelming. Simplify hiring with Indeed. Indeed is your matching and hiring platform. With over 350 million global monthly visitors, according to Indeed data, and a matching engine that helps you find quality candidates fast. Ditch the busy work. Use Indeed for scheduling, screening, and messaging, so you can connect with candidates faster. Join more than 3.5 million businesses worldwide that use Indeed to hire great talent fast. Listeners of this show will get a 75 dollar sponsored job credit to get your jobs more visibility at indeed.com/podkatz13. That's indeed.com/podkatz13. Terms and conditions apply.
 
[Howard] Writing doesn't have to be a solitary activity. That's why we host in person retreats and workshops. At the Writing Excuses retreats, you'll get access to classes, one-on-one office hours, critique sessions, and activities to keep you inspired and motivated. Become a more engaging storyteller and learn how to navigate the publishing landscape. As you make meaningful progress on your stories, you'll also build connections with your fellow writers that will last for years to come. Check out our upcoming events at writingexcuses.com/retreats.
 
[Mary Robinette] This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by our listeners, patrons, and friends. If you would like to learn how to support this podcast, visit www.patreon.com/writingexcuses.
 
[Season 19, Episode 44]
 
[Mary Robinette] This is Writing Excuses.
[DongWon] A Close Reading on Structure: Tradition and Innovation
[Erin] 15 minutes long, because you're in a hurry.
[Howard] And we're not that smart.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary Robinette.
[DongWon] I'm DongWon.
[Erin] I'm Erin.
[Howard] And I'm Howard.
 
[DongWon] So, this week I wanted to talk about another aspect of Fifth Season. I think we're going to zoom out a little bit, a little further away from the text. This is coming from a little bit of my perspective, both as an English major and someone who almost went into academia, and also as a publisher. But one thing that I'm really interested in talking about this book is the way it fits into the lineage of fantasy novels. I think this is a really interesting thing to think about when thinking about how to structure a book, how to frame a book. This kind of touches on some stuff like Hero's Journey kind of things and the way that's used in fiction. But also, just the place that this book has in the canon of fantasy literature, to use a loaded term. So, in a lot of ways, modern epic fantasy is established by Lord of the Rings and a lot of it is descended from that. I think Fifth Season is a really interesting break from that tradition that nonetheless is in conversation with it. Right? One thing that struck me on my second reading of the book several years ago was how much of it uses the classic fantasy tropes. Right? To me, it felt so contemporary and so fresh and so different. But when I stepped back for a second, I said, "Wait a minute. This is a book about wizards who go to a magic school and use crystal magic." I was like, this is just the most classic fantasy I've read in a second. Like, harkening back to, like, Tolkien seventies, eighties fantasy. And the way she pulled from that and yet flipped it and reversed it to create such an exciting, fresh work.
[Mary Robinette] One of the things… I'm glad you brought this up. One of the things that I also love about that, in that is that much like when you look back at the Wizard Master… Excuse me, The Wizard of Earthsea, that magic does basically one thing, you use words and you can change things. Yes, there are nine different Masters, but it's basically, you use words and you can change things. The thing that's happening here is you've got one thing they can do, they can do some vibrational stuff.
[DongWon] Yep.
[Mary Robinette] It's all of the different ways in which it can be twisted and pushed, and then is in conversation with this whole, larger body of work that is outside of fantasy that causes it to be doing some really interesting fresh things. Also, I just need to put out a little shout out to Dark Crystal, which is my favorite crystal magic.
[Laughter]
[DongWon] Yes.
 
[Erin] I [garbled really] like the phrase in conversation with… Such an interesting one, because some of it is like we don't actually know…
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[Erin] Like, we believe that a work is in conversation with another work. I remember earlier you were saying that this work is maybe a little bit in conversation with Octavia Butler. I agree with all these things, but it's interesting, like, how do we know sort of what tradition a book is drawing from? How much of that is the book doing it, and how much of it is us doing it? Because we bring our own context…
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] With us. So we're like, oh, I see these things here, and I've seen them in other places.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] It's a really interesting thing. Unless you ask the author, which we will…
[DongWon] Yes.
[Erin] It's hard to know.
[DongWon] Well, it's the difference between sort of intent and the reader. Right? My subjectivity… Sorry, we're getting a little academic here. But my subjectivity as the reader is projecting all of the stuff that I've read. Right? Like, I'm not super familiar with Dark Crystal, so I don't see that. I do… I am familiar with Earthsea and Lord of the Rings and parable of the sower. So, for me, I'm seeing this book as being deeply in conversation with those three things. We were off mic talking about Omelas as well, the ones who walk away from Omelas, another Le Guin story that this feels very in conversation with as well. Right? So…
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[DongWon] I think what traditions it's pulling from is fascinating.
 
[Mary Robinette] So, for me, one of the definitions of genre is that it is literature that is in conversation with itself. That you are both be… Not just that it's the writer is thinking about it. It's that it is… The readers are having conversations about it. So, regardless of what Nora intended with this, because of the way it's being read, because of the way it's positioned, it is in conversation through the conversations of the readers. Actually, as we were talking about it, I think for me… I said Dark Crystal because it is puppets, but for me the thing that it actually brought to mind more was Crystal Singer. Which is a much older…
[Howard] McCaffrey. [Garbled]
[Mary Robinette] Anne McCaffrey. Sorry, my brain just… Similar, one of the similar things there is that you have to have this particular skill, which is, in that case, perfect pitch. Then you go to this planet and you go through this transformation. Some people get turned into rock people by accident. But you are locked into this career now. Because you can no longer exist… There's a symbiont in this case, is the mechanism. But it's still that idea of this being locked in, being enslaved, for the benefit of this other civilization that then convinces you that the reason it's okay is because you are highly valued. So that then the characters become part of their own narrative.
[Howard] I just realized that's exactly like being a web cartoonist…
[Laughter]
[Howard] Because I could no longer exist without the Internet.
[DongWon] Also, you start to turn into rock…
[Howard] I was just going to die…
[Laughter] [garbled]
 
[Howard] I started to turn into a rock. No, the… Sorry, the important thing that I was going to say was that whether or not the author is consuming, is aware of, is having a conversation with the genre, the reader probably is. The best example I can think of for this is the TV show Heroes, which, when it came out, a bunch of us said we've already read this comic book. It's just the X-Men. Why are you trying to read tell it? We've already done this. Heroes was wonderful. It did neat things. But it was trying to do so without the audience having read comic books. Which can't happen. So, when you talk about tradition and innovation, it's entirely possible to convince yourself through anxiety of influence that you are innovating because you are not reading everything else. That's probably not the way it's going to be read.
[DongWon] Right. One thing that I think about Fifth Season is it is deeply in a lineage, in a tradition, and I do think that Nora knows that. Or N. K. Jemison knows that. But… How she thinks about it, I'm very curious to hear. I've not had a conversation with her about it. But, something that I do think is really important is that this book also represents a rupture. This is a very stark departure from one of the core… What I think is one of the defining impulses of epic fantasy, and what I also think is exciting is that because of this rupture, we've seen the start of a new lineage. I see fantasy works now in conversation with Fifth Season, rather than Lord of the Rings as they sort of… I mean, the Poppy war is the example that this brings to mind the most. And because… What I see the difference is, is most epic fantasy… I'm not saying that N. K. Jemison was the first person to do this, but she did it, I think, in a way that was very effective and sort of opened the genre up, is most epic fantasy is what I think of as restoration fantasy. Right? So, Lord of the Rings, the world was good, it has fallen through the rise of Sauron, and just the general, like, rise of the age of men, and the goal is to restore the former glory. The goal is to get Aragorn, the heirs of Numenon, back on… Not Numenon…
[Howard] Numenor.
[DongWon] Numenor, back on the throne. That is so much of what that book is about. The farmboy finds a magic sword can defeat the evil, restore the kingdom to the place of justice and glory and good. It is about restoring a former order. Right? This is part of what makes a lot of epic fantasy inherently conservative, because it's saying things that used to be good, we need to get back to those ways of being. Right? Fifth Season is saying the exact opposite, of examining structures over and over again and saying these things are broken beyond repair. Because we are exploiting people, damaging people, hurting people in a way that the only answer is to burn it down and start something new. Right? Or it's not even particularly interested in what the new thing to start is. It is interested in the examination of what has gone wrong entirely at this point, to the parts that we, as the readership… I don't know that every reader is feeling this way, but are coming around a little bit to maybe Alibaster was right. Maybe he had a point. This is the Magneto is right argument for X-Men fans, of which I've been a big component of. This is Kill Monger's right, this is siding with the villain a little bit because restoration can't be the answer for everybody.
[Mary Robinette] There's a line in the book that is the world is what it is. Unless you destroy it and start all over again, there's no changing it.
[DongWon] Exactly. Speaking of accepting things being the way they are, let's go to break for a moment, and will be right back.
 
[Mary Robinette] I want to tell you about Family Reservations by Eliza Palmer. This is so good. It is not a science fiction or fantasy book. This is mainstream. You should read it. It weaves together some of the most complex family dynamics I've seen. Part way through it, I was thinking, "Oh. Oh, this is King Lear." Eliza describes it as succession meets fine dining. So it has some of the most delicious food descriptions ever. The story does a beautiful job of handling omniscient narrator. And I highly recommend it, not just because it's a fantastic read, but also because it is a masterful use of omniscient narration. If you been wanting to play with this tool, this book is a really good one to read to see how it's been handled in a modern context. Although you should expect to come away being very hungry.
 
[DongWon] Okay. Before the break, Mary Robinette, I think you had a point that you were trying to expand on with the quotation of that line.
[Mary Robinette] So, it's just that when we talk about things that are in conversation, and when you look at when this book was written in the conversations around Black Lives Matter and breaking the world, there are parallels that a modern reader will bring to that, whether or not it is intended. Then, I think, also one of the things about it for me that is interesting structurally is that if you think about the structure of the book also breaks structure. Like, it is not structured the way you've seen other books structured. That is part of what makes it feel so fresh, is that we aren't seeing regurgitation of the hero's journey. Although she is re-purchasing parts of it. Like, when you look at a hero's journey, there's a mentor, there's a character, like, Alibaster is literally called the mentor. The Guardians, one of the other things that happens when they go into the Threshold is that... In the Monomyth, you meet the Guardian, and they are literally called the Guardians. But they are the evil ones in this. It's... It is interesting to me that then the way that first book works, it interrupts the hero's journey at what some people call the dark night of the soul. Sometimes people call it the descent into the abyss, where we literally go into the earth. Like… So… But it is fundamentally not the hero's journey.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Mary Robinette] This book is fundamentally not that. It is taking those elements, it is breaking them, and it is re-purposing them to build this entirely new structure.
[Erin] I think it's like bringing new things in. I mean, the… It's so funny to think about the hero's journey. It's also maybe… It's there, but, like, it is only one small… There are a lot of ways to tell stories.
[Mary Robinette] Exactly.
[DongWon] Yes.
[Erin] There are a lot of traditions of storytelling. We have a small one that we've taken and sort of, like, that has been part of fantasy that I think does come from that Tolkien way of thinking. I feel like one of the things that I've been really loving in recent works in general is seeing different ways of telling stories coming into things. I think that probably there's also some of that that this… That this book is in… Is in conversation with. Even though not everyone may know that that's a voice that's being…
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] Added to the conversation.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] I think that's something really cool that books can do, which is that you don't have to understand every single thing that the book is working with in order to enjoy that story, in order for that story to be influential on other stories that are being told.
[DongWon] Exactly. It goes into the ambient conversation and space, and then people start responding to it.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. One of the things that I particularly enjoyed is that each kind of track of the story has a different structure.
[DongWon] Yes.
[Mary Robinette] That works with each other's. So, Dam…
[DongWon] Damaya.
[Mary Robinette] Damaya. Damaya is very like, "Oh. Here is the orphan child who is becoming the chosen one," kind of thing. Syonite is getting very much the reluctant hero journey. For the beginning of it. But then when you start braiding them together, where these things are working in parallel, they fracture, they go in different directions. Then you got this other thing, the whole second person section, which doesn't play by any of those rules.
 
[DongWon] This is a trick I think of most clearly used in Game of Thrones, where each POV character is in a different genre of story. Some are in event, like… You have… What's the young girl's name, I'm blanking on her. But each of the characters, they're like, some are in an adventure story, some are in a political stunt story, some are in a straight up horror story. Right? Some are in a supernatural story, some are in a grounded political fantasy. N. K. Jemison has done that here, where again, we have the child coming into her own power, we have the wizard at the height of her power exploring the world, and then we have the very contemporary sort of like tragic hero story. Again, going back to the parallelism or the POV, realizing that all three are the same person…
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[DongWon] Is just… Makes it a stunning trick in terms of how it operates within the genre conversation.
[Howard] Um. I was just reading a bit from Leverage Redemption, the new seasons of leverage. One of the characters says, "Hey, look. We're going to mess this guy up pretty hard. Are we the bad guys here?"
[Chuckles]
[Howard] Sophie says, "Oh, yes. Never forget that, Brianna. We're not heroes, we're just necessary." I love that moment, because in one context, yes, you're necessary and I'm siding with you. You are in… You're hurting this person, but you're doing a good that needs to happen. And on the other hand, I look at it and say, in the context of Fifth Season, well, this is probably how the Guardians feel about themselves. Oh, we're not the good guys, but we're necessary. And just that brushstroke across the Tolkien line of black-and-white, good versus evil… That's silvery gray brushstroke, it just shimmers and invites you to stare at it. I love it.
[Mary Robinette] There's an interlude at the one third mark in this book, which arguably is the end of Act One, sure. But it literally says, "A break in the pattern, a snarl in the weft. There are things you should be noticing here, things that are missing and conspicuous by their absence." I think that's one of the things that makes this so powerful, is that she is… There's a line from Hemingway that says that a story is the things that you leave out. And the things that she's choosing not to show, the structural elements that she is choosing not to use… We don't get the reconciliation. We don't get the restoration. All of those things that are being left out on purpose are what makes this so interesting.
[DongWon] Yeah. An earlier [garbled] reference how she calls out I'm not going to tell you the nice part of this story…
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Mary Robinette] So, no rude.
 
[Howard] When we talked earlier, previous episode, about… Erin and I had this conversation off-line about… Sometimes we'll just read spoilers because we want to know what happens, but we still want to enjoy the story. A story is an unfolding, and it is also a telling. I can appreciate the telling without the unfolding, and I can appreciate the unfolding while not paying attention to the telling. The consuming media with that in mind, feels to me like a break with tradition. It also, and I'm just going to put a pin in this, argues really well for this book, because it is so well told. The telling is so much more than the unfolding.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Howard] That's why we would encourage you to read it more than once.
 
[DongWon] I have one question that's a little bit of a pivot. As a publisher, I've talked about this a lot on podcasts and elsewhere, I think in comp titles. Right? I'm inherently wired to think, this book is like these other books. This book is in conversation with these other books. I'm curious, as a writer, are you guys actively thinking about lineage in that way, or, like, canon in that way, and the idea that a canon can be a personal thing. Right? In terms of, like, what you've read and where that comes from.
[Mary Robinette] Um, I mean, definitely, I've never done anything like Jane Austen with magic or The Thin Man in space…
[Laughter]
[DongWon] Yeah, that is true. Yeah. So I think you're very unaware of your influences…
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. Absolutely. Definitely never done Apollo era science fiction that was influenced by Ray Bradberry. Absolutely haven't done that. I don't know what you're talking about.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] I don't know that I… I mean, I know what I've read and if I… I could reconstruct the things that have made me who I am as a storyteller. I think it's a lot of things though. I think some of it is canon science fiction, I think some of it is barbershop tales.
[DongWon] Yep.
[Erin] I think some of it is a lot of things.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] And I do think that this is something that I a lot of times will challenge a student to do, which is to think about what has made you the storyteller that you are.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[Erin] And who are you then telling stories to?
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] I think those are two really key things, because otherwise, other people will tell you, like, when you put a book out in the world, anyone can tell you who you're in conversation with. But when you're writing it, you get to decide.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[Erin] At that moment, take the power and say, this is who I am and here is how I want to tell this tale.
 
[Howard] The better you get at reading, at comprehending what you read, the more able you are to, when you write, to consciously say, I am writing like the things I have consumed and to be able to say I am going to attempt to write unlike the things I have consumed. I am aware enough of the traditions I've been consuming that I am going to break with them and I'm going to write differently than them.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Howard] That's a… I see that as a late career skill that takes a long time to develop and you develop it by reading.
[DongWon] That's what I love about Fifth Season is it is both deeply honoring and in conversation with the traditions that it comes from, but also is so deeply interested in being like, "Uh uh, I'm doing something different."
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[DongWon] Erin, I really loved what you said in terms of the books that made you a writer or, like, the things that you're in con… The stories and not even just books. Right? We're pulling from all parts of our lives. For you, that being different from the conversation that you think the audience is, like, who is this for, what books are they reading, what books will they know and understand? Then, thirdly, the one that you can't control in any way, which is, what people will actually say your book is like. Right? What people will say once it's out in the world. I think your relationship to each of those three different interpretations is really, really important. As a publisher, I'm most interested in the second one, the one that I want writers to come in with is an understanding of here's my audience, here's what they're reading, this is like that. But you understanding for yourself why you're writing this and where you're coming from I think is so important and so powerful.
[Mary Robinette] I think it is the most important thing. To know why you're writing it and who your writing it for.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] Because you can lose yourself. I mean, I think it's important, you want to get published, you want your stuff out in the world. But I think if you lose hold of who you are as a storyteller, then you won't be happy with the story no matter how successful it is, no matter how many other people like the way that you told it.
[DongWon] 100 percent.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. It is a common thing that I will see with… When I was going through the slush pile, I would see people attempting to mimic someone else.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Mary Robinette] And seeing people thinking about what does this editor want? What does that editor want? But it is that thing about what you want… I'm also going to say one other thing about the conversations that we're having. I would not be surprised if Nora had read Crystal Singer and forgotten that she had read it, and that that turned up in the book. Because I have, when I'm gone back and reread some things, I've been like, oh, I didn't actually think about the fact that when I was writing Glamorous Histories, I'm like I'm going to do this something fresh and new with my magic, it's all going to be based on folds and threatens. Then, I'm watching Game of Thrones… Not Game of Thrones. Wheel of Time. I'm like, oh, look at them using folds and threads. No consciousness of that. But this is what we're talking about, that you can be influenced by something, it can come into the book, but it's still your own.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Mary Robinette] It's still your own, even if you have been in conversation with something and forgot the the conversation happened.
[DongWon] This is me talking about patterns once again. That's okay, that's how stories work. We are all absorbing stories that we've read, we are all absorbing fiction that we've engaged with, and recombining it and putting it back together in our own ways. Right? So just because a reader will come up to you and be like, "Hey. This is just like that thing from… That Anne McCaffrey did," doesn't invalidate your work at all. Your work is still your work.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[DongWon] So don't let that throw you. It's okay to have influences, it's okay to come from a place and… In fact, I think it's one of the most important things, is to recognize you come from a place and try to understand that. If you don't have a perfect understanding of it, that's fine too.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
 
[DongWon] With that, I have some homework for you. Very much along these lines. I want you to make a list of the books that you consider the antecedents to this book that you're working on now. What works is your book in conversation with? Are you following on and building on that foundation, or are you disrupting and pushing back on that legacy in one way or another?
 
[Mary Robinette] This has been Writing Excuses. You're out of excuses. Now go write.
 
[Howard] Have you ever wanted to ask one of the Writing Excuses hosts for very specific, very you-focused help. There's an offering on the Writing Excuses Patreon that will let you do exactly that. The Private Instruction tier includes everything from the lower tiers plus a quarterly, one-on-one Zoom meeting with a host of your choice. You might choose, for example, to work with me on your humorous prose, engage DongWon's expertise on your worldbuilding, or study with Erin to level up your game writing. Visit patreon.com/writingexcuses for more details.
 
mbarker: (Me typing?)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 19.36: A Close Reading on Tension: Narrative vs. Contextual
 
 
Key points: Narrative tension is tension happening in the story, on the page. Contextual tension is what the reader brings to the story. How much do you assume your readers are bringing context with them? Language and dialect. Narrative structure, tension, all that is a pitcher, and the writer puts whatever they want in that. The audience brings you their glass, and you don't know what kind of glass they will bring. It may not match the drink, but they can still enjoy it. There's always context. Use the characters having memories to bring context onto the page. Characters always carry their context with them.
 
[Season 19, Episode 36]
 
[Mary Robinette] This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by our listeners, patrons, and friends. If you would like to learn how to support this podcast, visit www.patreon.com/writingexcuses.
 
[Howard] You're invited to the Writing Excuses Cruise, an annual event for writers who want dedicated time to focus on honing their craft, connecting with their peers, and getting away from the grind of daily life. Join the full cast of Writing Excuses as we sail from Los Angeles aboard the Navigator of the Seas from September 19th through 27th in 2024, with stops in Ensenada, Cabo San Lucas, and Mazatlán. The cruise offers seminars, exercises, and group sessions, an ideal blend of relaxation, learning, and writing, all while sailing the Mexican Riviera. For tickets and more information, visit writingexcuses.com/retreats.
 
[Season 19, Episode 36]
 
[Mary Robinette] This is Writing Excuses.
[DongWon] A Close Reading on Tension: Narrative vs. Contextual.
[Erin] 15 minutes long, because you're in a hurry.
[Howard] And we're not that smart.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary Robinette.
[DongWon] I'm DongWon.
[Erin] I'm Erin.
[Howard] I'm Howard.
 
[Erin] I'm obsessed with the topic that we're going to be talking about today...
[Laughter]
[Erin] Which is narrative and contextual tension. So, just to give a this is what I mean when I say that, to me, narrative tension is the tension that's actually happening in the story. It is when your characters are tense, when your... the setting is tense, anything that's actually happening on the page. Contextual tension is what the reader is bringing to the table. The example that I always use is if you write a story called Last Dinner in Pompeii, and it's just a normal story of people having dinner, we all know that Pompeii will be buried by ash the next day, so we will bring plenty of tension to the table, even if they're just talking about how next week they're going to go shopping. We're like, "Oh, you won't."
[Laughter]
[Erin] That brings [garbled]. That's contextual, but not narrative at all. I think this, Ring Shout, is a work that obviously lives in a place of contextual tension…
[DongWon] The context that I'm bringing to this is I've been so excited for this episode because I think three years ago on the Writing Excuses Cruise at like one in the morning, you explained this idea to me after a day of hanging out, and my jaw was on the floor. Because I'd never thought about it this way. It's such an important concept, and it is so useful. So, getting to finally talk about it on mic for the podcast is a resolution of the kind of tension for me. So.
[Erin] Love it.
[Mary Robinette] That's also one of the reasons that some works don't translate, because they bring a lot of contextual tension from their home locations that the audience in the new location doesn't have. It was one of the things that happen to me when I was reading Three Body Problem, that there was a lot of context that I was just missing. With Ring Shout, I had, because I am from the American South, there was a lot of contextual tension for me that was layered onto the book where I was anticipating things. I think that P. Djèlí Clark was using that very intentionally throughout the book.
 
[Erin] It's an interesting question, though, which is how much do you want to assume that your audience is bringing that context with them? I also… My family… I have family from the American South, family from slavery, family who experienced racism in the South. So, for me, I'm like, "Oh, this feels very tense on a lot of levels." But if you're from another country or you've never heard of the Klan, do you think that the story still works? Or do you think that there's something that is required in the context in order to make the tension happen?
[DongWon] I remember around the launch of the TV show Lovecraft Country, there was a lot of conversation. Because the opening scene of that show is an actual historical massacre of Black Americans in the American South. It's referenced also in Ring Shout. It's mentioned. I had never heard of this event. I didn't know about it. I also grew up part of it in the South. Racial politics is a personal interest, of things that I've read about and studied. But I just didn't know this particular event. So a lot of the press coverage was about what an incredible work it is, both that it's bringing in all this contextual elements, but also educating such a broad audience about it. Right? So I think it can do sort of both and it's one of the challenges of leaning on that contextual tension is you need to work with your audiences to some extent, but it's also not your responsibility to educate them about it in the moment. But if you sort of give them enough of the context clues to understand what kind of thing we're talking about and then they can go into doing the research about it on their own.
[Howard] It's worth pointing out here that the narrative versus contextual dichotomy is enormous. Absolutely enormous. I'm sure you've all had that experience where you're talking about a film with somebody and halfway through your like, "It's like we watched two different movies." It's because, yeah, about 80 percent of what you get out of a thing has to do with what you brought into the thing.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Howard] I mean, there are things that I'll watch where the lead actor or one of the actors whose prominently featured is someone I just no longer like because of a me too or whatever, and that is a new context that didn't exist when it was created, but it's a real thing. Planning for it is fantastically difficult. My counsel to writers is don't assume that everybody has the same context that you do. But on your first draft, trust your context and write the story that you want to write. Then you're going to have to work with your beta readers, with your editor, to see if those narrative…
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Howard] Versus contextual bits are fighting.
[DongWon] Well, one of the things I like most about this was the confidence with which P. Djèlí Clark…
[Howard] Oh, my goodness, yes.
[DongWon] Approaches the historical context.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[DongWon] We're dropped into a situation, we're dropped into a scene. Nothing's explained to us, other than the fantastical elements. Those are explained to us. But the political historical context, we are assumed to either know it or pick it up from atmospheric clues around what's being discussed. I found that to be very powerful and very useful.
[Erin] I think that one of the reasons that that works so well is in that opening scene, you're dropped into that sort of primal life versus death tension. You get a group of people who obviously know each other, and are… We sympathize with, who are immediately trying to kill some horrific monster. So it tells you, okay, I understand what the stakes are. I understand who I'm rooting for, and who I'm not. Now, as I get more context, I can use that to build out the world. But I think it grabs you so immediately that you're not worried about the context, because you're like, oh, if there's a giant monster in front of you, you should probably hack it to death. I totally get that. Now that I'm in, now you can tell me about why it's important and what's going on around it.
[Mary Robinette] One of the things that that particular scene… That was the first scene where I had that layer of… That extra layer of tension. Because I was… What I was fully anticipating was going to happen is that they would defeat that monster, and then they would get… Have a bunch of angry white people running after them. That's not what happens in the book. What happens is worse and different. Maybe not worse. It's different. That's one of the things that I… When I say that I think that P. Djèlí Clark is doing it very intentionally. That a lot of what he's doing is setting up, here's this… Here's the context. Here's a thing that can go wrong. But I'm not going to do that one. I'm going to do a different one. That's… That, again, is that thing for me when you're playing with… When you're using historical work and you're playing with someone's knowledge of that time, where you can put some additional tension on the story by putting those two things in opposition, by moving directions you weren't necessarily expecting. But also, if you don't know that's a possibility, it still plays… Like, you don't need the contextual tension for it to be really terrifying.
[Howard] In the… In the previous episode, we talked about how this book uses a lot of horror techniques. But it's kind of a fantasy action adventure historical. That particular tool of setting up… Having our characters be aware of what could go wrong and prepare themselves as best they can for this worst-case scenario that they're imagining, and then discovering that the worst case scenario is actually 25 degrees to the left and is way worse. That's straight out of the horror playbook. So you are not wrong in feeling like this is a horror novel, because that's done so expertly and so often.
[DongWon] Yeah. I mean, I think it's interesting, and one of the reasons this is such a great example of this is the contextual tension remains contextual. It doesn't really… It never fully finds its way into the narrative and into the in text tension. He kind of makes an agreement with us in that opening scene…
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[DongWon] And kind of sticks to that boundary in a way that I think is very savvy, but still leverages the awfulness of the actual history to increase… To add extra weight to a lot of the character [garbled], to a lot of the characters decisions and to the emotional intensity that we feel throughout.
[Erin] Yeah. I will now pause because of the context that we are on a podcast and we need to take a break.
 
[Howard] I write best when I got music to isolate me and my personal acoustic space from the rest of the world. Music with no words in it works best for me, and one of my very favorite playlists is Random Friday, the 2011 album from Solar Fields. It's through composed, each track flowing both thematically and seamlessly into the next. So I never get distracted by a gap telling me I might need to restart the music. Solar Fields really leaned into this, because there's an eleventh track which is a 78 minute continuous mix of the first 10 tracks. Just in case your player of choice doesn't do gap lists gaplessly. But what does it sound like? Well, it's upbeat ambience and electronic and I listened to it while I wrote this.
 
[Erin] And we're back. I want to take this moment to talk a little bit about in detail, because we love to get into the text in these close readings, and talk about the use of language in this. Because I think that some of that what do you have from context and what do you have on the page is really evident in the way that the text uses Gullah. Now Gullah is a real language, and it's used here occasionally, mostly in the Nana Jean character uses it, and that's the way that she speaks, and if you have the context to be able to understand Gullah, you'll understand what she's saying more readily. But what I love is that she actually, in text, warns, very drastically, that bad things are coming. So it's an important narrative tension moment, but it still lives within the context of being in Gullah. If you give up and sort of don't read that part or skim past it, you could, theoretically, miss that moment of tension. What I think that Clark does so well here is that it's repeated. So she says, "Bad weather's coming," essentially, and then it comes in at the end of the chapter in italics. So it's like, did you miss all of this? Because the context held you back? I'm going to bring it back on the page in a narrative way so that there's no way you can miss that bad things are coming. The word bad is there, even if you don't understand anything else. I just really love that. So I wanted to throw it out…
[Mary Robinette] It is one of the things that I enjoyed so much about this book, and why I wanted to listen to it in audio, because in audio, you get all… Because that's not the only language that's showing up in there, that's not the only dialect. So you… Getting all of that interplay is so much fun. The other thing that it does, besides that is that it brings in the contextual thing about different class perceptions that people have. That frequently when people hear someone… People will think Gullah is a dialect as opposed to a language. They will hear it and think that the person in modern day is like low class, uneducated. Whereas Nana Jean is a very powerful woman. I love the fact that he is using that, he is subverting some of the expectations that we often have from modern day, some of the contextual expectations. He's subverting those in the narrative tension that he's using. I think it's so much fun.
[Howard] Even without the Gullah, the narrator speaks and often omits definite or indefinite articles or conjunctions of to be. We up on the tower. Or no… Yeah. We up on the tower, rather than we are up on the tower. It took me five or six pages to realize, oop, no, this is just the voice of my POV character, and I'm all in. Had I… I'm not sure if there was a context that was expected of me or if the narrative taught me that. But it was definitely there, and it was a little while before I stopped noticing it is a linguistic thing in the book.
[DongWon] Well, I think the language does a really good job, I mean, both in the use of Gullah, and the use of [garbled] dialect things, and then overall, the general use of a particular voice of the narrator. I think this is such an important thing when it comes to a lot of fiction of communicating who this book is for. Right? It's being written for a specific audience, while still being accessible to everybody. Right? Like most of us here are not of the culture that this was written in the perspective of, but I got a ton out of it. I had a great time reading it, and I learned a lot reading it and all of that. But the idea of it is written for an in community reader, that is still accessible from a broader perspective, I think is really powerful.
 
[Mary Robinette] There's an analogy that I use sometimes when I'm talking about this, which is that you can think of narrative structure, tension, all of this, you can think of it as a pitcher. You can put anything you want to in that. Then, your audience comes to you with their glass. You don't know what glass they're coming to you with. So if I am… Say, if I've got a fine Pinot Noir in a beautiful crystal whatever, and I pour it into a Riedel glass, a Riedel wineglass which is the glass that it's intended for, it's like,, this is a perfect match. But if you come to me with a red Solo cup, you're still going to enjoy the wine, just maybe not the way I intended it. On the other hand, if that pitcher is filled with hot apple cider and you come to me with a wineglass, it's going to shatter. So, one of the things that… When you're talking about this in audience, writing it for a specific audience, you're writing it knowing some of the context they're going to bring to it, knowing that that's who you want to write it for, and that… Everybody else can enjoy it, but that's not the intended audience.
[Erin] Yet, sometimes…
[Howard] If I'm pouring whiskey and you're coming to me with a sippy cup…
[Mary Robinette] If you're pouring whiskey, I'm…
[Chuckles]
[Howard] You're coming to me with a sippy cup and a baby bottle? No! Stop that right now!
[Mary Robinette] No. That was when my parents actually dealt with…
[Chuckles]
[Mary Robinette] Colds with me. But anyway…
[Laughter]
[Erin] I was going to say, also, sometimes you gotta shatter people's glasses.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. Exactly.
[Erin] Sometimes, that's okay. I think that's one of the things that I love about what publishing I think is doing these days, though probably not as much as it could be, is letting people tell a story…
[DongWon] Yes.
[Erin] Where they don't have to have the right context.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Mary Robinette] Yes.
[Erin] Because the narrative tension is strong enough in this piece that if you have no idea what's going on, it is still a story of people killing monsters that are horrible and have…
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] Mouth eyes and just things that are not going to work for you. Like, no one's going to be like, oh, yeah, love those mouth eyes.
[Chuckles]
[Erin] So even if you don't understand what is happening and the context, you'll still get a great read out of it. I think that what has happened in the past is that sometimes people will see the context and shy away from it, and not see what's going on in the narrative beneath it, or how the two intersect. So that if you have both, I think you get the perfect glass...
[Mary Robinette, DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] For the perfect drink. But, if not, you still enjoy it.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. With me, I was like, oh, okay, I'm going to go need to get an insulated thermos...
[Chuckles]
[Mary Robinette] When I'm reading this right now.
 
[DongWon] To slip into the publishing conversation a little bit, one of my very favorite reads in the last several years is Torrey Peters Detransition Baby which is a novel about the trans experience. A very complicated aspect of the trans experience. But when Torrey Peters had that book published, she was very insistent to her publishers that it not be pitched and marketed as a quote unquote trans book or even a queer book, but as an upmarket women's fiction book. At every point, she was very insistent that, nope, you market this how you would market any book for the broadest female audience you would normally publish for in terms of, like, contemporary fiction. I think that was an incredibly effective way to get a book that was very much written for a specific in community audience… So much of that book was for me and other folks like me who live in New York and are trans and are queer and all of that, and that was a very powerful, but it was read and was so accessible to such a broad audience that I think it really reached hundreds of thousands of people.
[Mary Robinette] I think the same thing is very clearly true with Ring Shout when you look at the fact that in the year that it came out, it was nominated for all the big awards. It won the British Fantasy, it won the Locus Award, it won the Nebula Award. So this is a book that was written for a specific audience, but clearly resonates…
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Mary Robinette] Because of its use of all sorts of narrative devices with a much larger audience. So…
[DongWon] I think we did a great job of packaging it to make it clear what the book is, but then it didn't feel tracked in a particular subcategory or only for a certain readership, which [garbled]
[Howard] Now when we talk about narrative versus contextual as a source of tension, there's a part of me that can't help but think that the greatest experience of that tension is on the part of the publisher, who's like, "Boy. I hope we split the difference between the narrative and the contextual correctly in how we positioned this book, because what shelf does it go on? Does it go in sci-fi/fantasy, does it go in horror, does it… Where does it go?" Maybe that's a little too meta-. But…
[DongWon] No. It's…
[Howard] I can't not think that.
[DongWon] Yep.
[Erin] I will say that I think for our listeners, who are like, "I'm not planning to write in a fraught historical era." There are still things to take away from it, even… Because there's always context.
[Mary Robinette] Yes.
[Erin] Readers always bring context, even if it is the smallest. Even if it is I'm reading a romance, and I expect the characters to end up together, even though it hasn't happened on the page yet, this is the type of experience that I'm bringing to the table. If it's the pattern recognition that you, DongWon, that you were talking about in a previous episode, where it's like, okay, things are happening and I know this tends to end this creepy way, so that's what I think is going to happen next. So, thinking a lot about what is your audience bringing to the table at that moment, both in terms of their life experiences and their belief about narrative, what are they used to, what are the patterns that you think they've walked through, so you can figure out how do I want to either stay with that and reinforce it, or how do I want to subvert it? When do I want to use it for good or ill? But if you're not thinking about it at all, then you can't be intentional about it.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] I think it's something that we often forget, because we bring our own context as writers, and we sometimes forget that readers will come from a completely different place.
[DongWon] I think this taps into Mary Robinette's metaphor in a certain way of you don't know what cup your audience is bringing to this particular fountain. Right? It… You can't control your reader. You have to make space for them in certain ways, but also be really true and honest to the story that you're trying to tell and what you're trying to accomplish with it. One thing that is very interesting about this book is it is in part about arts in the audience and reception of that art and the impact that art can have on how people think and behave in the world. Right? Because Birth of a Nation is such an important piece of how this story is told, and it's about how you can use art as propaganda to manipulate people in really extreme ways. So, I think it's really interesting that as we are talking about the contextual history of this story and the way that creates tension, it is itself engaging… I said earlier it doesn't really engage with like the contextual tension. It does in this one specific way, which is what was the role of that film in American history, what were the consequences of it, and it… Go ahead.
[Mary Robinette] To that point, because that's so important, not only is that a contextual thing, that's something that is brought into the narrative of the tension. In order to make sure that the audience has the right context to understand this, we get a lot of information about Birth of a Nation and how it's being used, both for the magical purposes of the book, but also the historical context of it. There is a… That's, I think, an important thing for you to understand and also that if you are… If you want the book that you are writing to survive outside of the context, even just to survive down history, two… Then you have to… You have to make sure that it's on the page.
[Erin] A great example of this is… I don't know exactly where it is in the text, but I think there is a reference where it says, "1919 was a bad year…"
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] "For all of us." For me, I know that that was in the red summer era of Klan rides and horrible numbers of lynchings in the South. But the fact that they all agreed, and then I think everybody had like a slight him bit of memory about why it was bad or what had happened brought it on the page in a way that.. I brought a lot more context to it probably as somebody who knows a lot about that era, but there was enough there that you understood that they all had this common experience in a little bit about what it was. It was on the page, but also, I was able to bring what was off the page onto it.
[Mary Robinette] I will also say that if you're writing secondary world fantasy, this is a tool that you can use, because your characters will have context that the readers will never have because they're living in a fantasy world. So this kind of tool is something that you can use to give context to something without having to have like, "And now, I shall tell you about the battle of the five red armies…"
[Chuckles]
[Mary Robinette] "I'm going to pause this tavern brawl so that we all…" It's like you don't have to do that.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Mary Robinette] You can just have these moments where the characters are all living memories and bringing it onto the page that way.
[DongWon] I think that's also why there is so many prologues in secondary world fantasy and epic fantasy in particular is they're trying to give you context so that you can have some of that contextual tension as you roll into the thing itself, but also, again, think about genre expectations. We read Lord of the Rings, so somebody's going on a journey. We're going to have some context and some expectations about what that means.
[Erin] I also think, and then we will give you homework and wrap up for the week. But I think it's also important that characters carry their context with them.
[DongWon, Mary Robinette] Yes.
[Erin] I think that when you do historical, it's easier to see how that has happened, because we understand how it happened in history. But one thing that I do not like is when you have a prologue that will give you all the context, but it doesn't feel like it actually like it's being carried. If there was a war of the five red armies, and, like, everyone involved was part of it, how does that war shape them? How does it change the way they see things? When do they recognize somebody from one of the other armies and it changes the way that they deal with that character? So, thinking of the context that your own characters are bringing with them is a great way to add more tension to the page.
 
[Erin] With that, I have your homework, which is to take a scene that you're working on, one that has tension or could use more of it, and put a piece of information at the start that is only meant for the reader. Some piece of context. Could be historical, could be that you know that this is going to end in the death of a character. Anything that is extra context. Then think about revising the scene, believing that the reader has that information. How does it change the way that you actually write the scene and deliver the tension within that context?
 
[Mary Robinette] This has been Writing Excuses. You're out of excuses, now go write.
 
mbarker: (Me typing?)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 19.14: A Close Reading on Voice – Epistolary Storytelling Through Voice
 
 
Key points: Epistles, letters, and voice. What do letters do for voice? 2 things at the same time, what you plan to say, and knowing that it is written for a specific audience, how you present it. 2nd person! Can we be luxuriant and indulgent without epistles? Yes, using pacing, accent, attitude, experience, and focus. Try free indirect speech. Epistles let you concentrate it. Playfulness or humor in the midst of serious situations, like gallows humor. Epistles have a performative aspect, with the character conscious that their words will be judged. The signoff yours. Repetition and resonance! 

[Transcription note: I have tried to get the quotes from the book correct, however, I may have made mistakes. Please refer to the book if you want the exact wording or punctuation!]
 
[Season 19, Episode 14]
 
[Mary Robinette] This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by our listeners, patrons, and friends. If you would like to learn how to support this podcast, visit www.patreon.com/writingexcuses.
 
[Season 19, Episode 14]
 
[Mary Robinette] Hey, listeners. We want your input on season 20. Which, I have to be honest, does not sound like a real number. What elements of the craft do you want us to talk about? What episode or core concept do you use or reference or recommend the most? Or, what are you just having trouble with? After 20 seasons, we've talked about a lot of things. What element of writing do you wish we'd revisit for a deeper dive on the podcast? Email your ideas to podcast@writingexcuses.com
 
[Mary Robinette] This is Writing Excuses.
[DongWon] A Close Reading on Voice – Epistolary Storytelling through Voice.
[Mary Robinette] 15 minutes long.
[Erin] Because you're in a hurry.
[Howard] And we're not that smart.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary Robinette.
[DongWon] I'm DongWon.
[Erin] I'm Erin.
[Howard] And I'm Howard.
 
[Erin] At the very beginning of our journey in this book, I talked about how much I love the fact that it used epistolaries, that it uses letters. So we're going to really dive into how voice is working within the epistolaries in this particular episode. I actually want to start before we get into a specific reading that I'm going to ask DongWon to do, just to…
[Laughter]
[Erin] Just to hear him do it, is that I'm wondering sort of what is it… Why do we use epistolaries? What is it that letters actually do in voice? I'll say, for me, one of the things I like about using letters is that there are 2 sort of things going on at the same time. There's what you planned to say, and the fact that you know you're writing it to a specific audience, that your character is writing it to someone. So they expect it to be read. That changes the way that they actually present themselves in the things that they put on the page.
[Mary Robinette] I do agree because I think that one of the things that that illuminates is very clearly what the character thinks of the other character. Because of the way they frame things, the… All of the subtext that goes into that epistolary letter. It is also, I think, one of the things that is fun because there is the epistolary that is the letter, and then there's also things that are… Like news articles, and these are very different because they are written to a broad audience, whereas a letter is written, as you said, to one specific person. That is, I think, that's fun.
[DongWon] The letter epistolary, the thing I love really about it is I'm such a sucker for the 2nd person in a piece of fiction. I love the you address. It plays with your subjectivity as the reader in such an interesting way, because it forces you into the position of the person on the other end of this. Right? So, in this case, switching between Red and Blue, and using the 2nd person… I'm put in the position where I have to identify with the person receiving the letter in a way that I think is really fascinating to me, and I think really deepens the connection to character in this book. It's a really clever trick that I really love.
[Howard] How do I know what I think, until I see what I say? I have operated on that principle for decades.
[Screech]
[DongWon] I find these so delightful is the letters can be quite silly in a way that's really good. So. Anyways, Erin is torturing me by making me read this.
 
"My perfect Red. How many boards would the Mongols hoard if the Mongol horde got bored? Perhaps you'll tell me once you finished with this strand?"
 
[DongWon] Just like these little references and jokes layered throughout… It is so delightful to me. Then, there's a later line in the same letter that… This taunting voice. Right?
 
"A suggestion of corruption in my command chain? A charming concern for my well-being? Are you trying to recruit me, dear Cochineal? And then we'd be at each other's throats even more. Oh, Petal, you say that like it's a bad thing."
 
[DongWon] There's so much dialogue here, there's so much voice-iness here. The characters are coming through. It's such this crisp playful way as, like, Blue taunts Red through this whole letter. We're going to see such, like, different evolution in the tone of their letters to each other as we go. But these early ones are such a hook for the audience.
[Erin] Yeah. I think I've been thinking since we talked about it a few episodes ago, why I find these to be so dense in some ways. I think it's because I'm responding to the denseness of personal indulgence as opposed to the denseness of poetic prose.
[DongWon] Oh, I love that.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[Erin] You know what I mean? Because these are the moments in which I feel like I get the best sense of who they are, because of the way that they're trying to present themselves, as opposed to… Which is like the splash of color against this beautiful backdrop of poetry. Which I absolutely love.
[Howard] Indulgence is definitely the right word there.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[Howard] The luxuriating and indulgent… That I can feel… I can feel in reading these how much Max and Amal just love to write.
[DongWon] Oh, yeah. And love to write to each other. Right? These letters… They wrote these, this novella, sitting literally back-to-back, passing a laptop back and forth. So one would write the letter and hand it to the other. I think that's where that sense of playfulness comes from. You can feel the friendship in this, you can feel the taunting, back-and-forth, as they're both trying to show off for each other in a way that I think comes through.
[Howard] Oh, you're going to go Blue du ba de...
[Laughter]
[Howard] Well, I got some draft punk on tap for you, baby.
[DongWon] Exactly.
[Howard] Hey, I've got some questions about how these epistolaries… Not just how they work, but how we can do the same sorts of things. Maybe even do the same sorts of things without being epistolary. But I think those questions have to wait until after the break.
 
[DongWon] Hey, writers. Are you thinking about learning a new language? I think exploring the world, experiencing other cultures, and being able to communicate with people outside your everyday experience lets you create richer, better stories. A great way to do that is with Rosetta Stone, a trusted expert for over 30 years with millions of users and 25 languages offered. They use an immersive technique which leads to fast language acquisition. It's an intuitive process that helps you learn to speak, listen, and, most of all, think in the language you're trying to learn. They also feature true accent speech recognition technology that gives you feedback on your pronunciation. It's like having a voice coach in your home. Learn at home or on the go with a desktop and mobile app that lets you download and act on lessons even when you're off-line. It's an amazing value. A lifetime membership gives you access to all 25 languages, including Spanish, French, Italian, German, Japanese, and, of course, Korean. Don't put off learning that language. There's no better time than right now to get started. For a very limited time, Writing Excuses listeners can get Rosetta Stone's lifetime membership for 50% off. Visit rosettastone.com today. That's 50% off unlimited access to 25 language courses for the rest of your life. Redeem your 50% off at rosettastone.com today.
 
[Erin] I'm excited to tell you about a song this week. It's a song Story2 by the group clipping. What I love about songs, just in general, is that they have to get put so much story into, like, a really small space. In this case, it's through a character study of a guy named Mike Winfield. I won't tell you much more, because it literally takes 3 minutes to actually listen to the song. But one thing that I want you to listen for, maybe the 2nd time around, or as your sort of enjoying it, is how he gets so much about who Mike Winfield is, where he's been, and the tension of the current moment, all at once. The 2nd thing to look for is something that clipping does that's amazing is they change the time signature of the song as it goes and tension is tightened, which is something that you may be able to use in changing the tempo of your prose. So, look at how they decide when to change that tempo and what you can learn from it by listening to Story2 by clipping.
 
[Howard] Let me start with this question. The luxuriance, the indulgence, the loving to write. Can we do this without resorting to epistolary? Are these tools available to us in other ways?
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. Absolutely. They're still using the same tools that we've been talking about for voice all along. They're still using pacing, accent, attitude, experience. Focus, even. But what they're doing is that, in the epistolary, it gives you a little bit more freedom… Just a little bit… To have some of those repetitions, some of the more colloquial language. You can do that absolutely when you're not in epistolary form. That's where we… That's where that free indirect speech that we've been talking about comes back in. That some of the things that are very specifically their phrasing, if you took that, and you shifted it to 3rd person and you put it into the middle of a paragraph of action, just a sentence out of that, you would get that same sense of the character, but you would get it spread out through the book instead of in this compressed place of the epistolary where it's isolated in form.
 
[Erin] I also think being playful in the middle of ser… In, like, a serious situation is something that we can all use. I mean, you are the humor expert, so you know this sort of better than anyone, but, I think, that that's something to think about here is that just because a topic is serious or a theme is serious doesn't mean that there isn't room for play. That room gives us a breath. It's like gallows humor. Even in the worst of times, people often use humor to respond to it. There's an episode of Deep Space 9 that I love where all the people are gonna die, and how they respond to it shows you so much about their character. One person gets quiet. One person jokes. One person plans. That shows a lot in the way…
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] I mean, you can do that in voice. Somebody who starts making a list at the… Imminent death is coming, is going to feel different than somebody who jokes about the different ways they could die.
[DongWon] The thing I love about the humor here, though, is… When I encounter humor in fiction sometimes, it's very frustrating, because it undermines the emotional beats of the overall story. Here, the humor never contradicts the story, it never contradicts the character beats. It is so clearly a character masking an emotion or taunting somebody else or being playful. But it takes the world seriously, and it takes the stakes seriously, and finds a way to be funny in the middle of that. Right? So I think the overall impression when people talk about Time War, when they think about this book, is of this lush romanticism, of this like deep character work and poeticness. But the experience of reading it… I often find myself laughing out loud at different beats of the book. It's much funnier than I think people remember after they come back to it.
[Howard] As a humorist, that is what I reach for when I'm writing anything that is not… Would not be categorized as humor. During a critique group for one of the shorts that I published in Space Eldritch, a friend said, "The jokes that you put in this scene kind of undermines a whole lot of tension and horror that's been happening." My response was, "I know. I got too tense and scared, and so I just did it." The rest of the group was like, "So did we. Thank you." I was like, "Oh. Okay." So this is a… It's not to everybody's taste, but I reflexively use the tool correctly. That's one of the things that so cool about these kinds of tools is that sometimes if you are getting too tense, you are getting too emotional, you realize, "Oh, I need to… I need to turn a phrase in a way that makes me giggle."
[Mary Robinette] This is also that… That sense is also something that your character will be experiencing while they are writing the letter. So there is a performative aspect to an epistolary section, where the character is conscious of the fact that their words are going to be judged, so they are trying to present themselves in a certain way. When we look back at that first letter from Red…
 
"My cunning methods for spiriting her from your clutches. Engine trouble, a good spring day, a suspiciously effective and cheap remote access software suite her hospital purchased 2 years ago, which allows the good doctor to work from home."
 
[Mary Robinette] It's like I'm just going to show off just a little bit. You think you've got me? No, no, no. Look at how clever I am. I set this up 2 years before you even got here. That kind of performative nature, I think, and how am I going to be judged, is, again, a thing that you can bring outside of the epistles into the way your character's moving through the world. How are people going to judge me, by the actions that I take and the words that I say in the text of a letter, it becomes very, very clear.
[Erin] Yeah. I think it really also is a great way to show character development, because the way you move through the world changes, and therefore the type of performance. You get better at performing, maybe other people get better at judging, they become more familiar with you. I know we wanted to look also at some of the letters from the very end, because how does the relationship change? I know, Howard, you had some thoughts about how the…
[Howard] Oh, Lord.
[Erin] Even the signoff changes from the very beginning to the end…
[Howard] Yeah. There's a…
[Erin] Of the letters.
[Howard] There's a technique, that I need to give a name to so that I can just call it a thing, in which you define the terms for your reader and one of the terms that gets defined, through these epistolaries, is the signoff yours. This is from an epistle that Red's writing to Blue.
 
"I am yours in other ways as well. Yours as I watch the world for your signs [epithenic as a horospeck?]. Yours as I debate methods, motives, chances of delivery. Yours as I review your words, by their sequence, their sounds,, smell, taste. Taking care no one memory of them becomes too worn. Yours. Still. I suspect you will appreciate the token."
 
[Howard] Then Red closes the letter.
 
"Yours, Red."
 
[Howard] Every letter afterward is closed, whether from Red or Blue, with the word yours. Now we know what that word means to them. Because Blue would not write yours absentmindedly. Blue would write yours saying, "Yes. All of these definitions you gave me and more." So, by defining the terms here, Max and Amal have lent weight to the word so that one word can do a huge lift all the way through the rest of the book.
[DongWon] I really love about this technique is it lets them be more directly emotional from the perspective of the character then you would get in narration sometimes. Right? In narration, you sort of have to have a little bit of a step back. Being able to fully embody for pages at a time the deeply lovesick romantic characters that we're seeing can lead to a more direct address. In particular, there's one line it that I've seen quoted many times, but I'd love to reference it here just to show how far we've come from the playful tone of the early letters to now in these, like, deep professions of love.
[Mary Robinette] As I read this to you, I want you to think about 2 tools that we're talking about, repetition, and then there's also resonance. That's where you recognize that there's a link between something you've said before and something we're saying now. So this section has some lovely repetition in it.
 
"I love you. I love you. I love you. I'll write it in waves, in skies, in my heart. You'll never see, but you will know. I'll be all the poets. I'll kill them all, and take each one's place in turn, and every time love's written in all the strands, it will be to you. But never again like this."
 
[DongWon] The thing I love about this passage… I mean, other than it's like heartbreakingly romantic and so beautifully written. But it's so clearly identifiable with Red. That Red's most romantic gesture is I will kill all the poets through all of time…
[Chuckles]
[DongWon] And replace them. Like, that's her solution to making sure Blue understands how much she loves her.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. It again resonates with that first moment when we met Red on the battlefield. The thing about this resonance is that it's one of the ways that you can allow the reader… That you can make space for the reader. That's something that is really important in stories, I think, because the reader inhabits half of the story. Like, the writer has the thing, and then we invite the reader to it. But you bring so much of yourself to it, your own experience. When you are imagining a voice, you are using your own experience to imagine that voice. So, having these resonant moments where you can insert yourself and you can feel that, where you're drawing the connections yourself, makes it stronger than the stories where everything is explained out completely. Those stories tend to get very flat.
 
[Erin] One other thing I love about this, and the mention of repetition and all that, is that one of the first things we see is the repetition, which we talked about in a previous episode. "She has won. Yes, she has won. She is certain she has won. Hasn't she?" That is… Repetition can be both sure and unsure. Like, repetition's very interesting. Because sometimes you repeat something because you know it, and sometimes you repeat something because you wish you knew it. You want to convince yourself of it. Seeing Red move from this sort of trying to repeat the things I have been told and taught are important…
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Erin] To something I am claiming as important for myself is just a great way to look at how the same tool can be used 2 different ways, and is also a great way to show movement in the character as a whole.
[DongWon] This goes back to the previous episode, but in the way that Blue communicates confidence and vulnerability in her voice, we're seeing that come out of Red now. Red is much more confident in this scene than she's ever been in the early scenes. But that confidence is coming through an incredible vulnerability. An incredible moment of stress and distress in this letter as she's communicating how much she loves Blue, but also knows that Blue is dying at her hand in these moments. Right? So, the incredible complexity of what's happening here, but we're seeing a Red that is so much more certain and aware of herself and what she wants and who she is then we've seen up until this point in the book.
[Mary Robinette] She's also doing a thing in this where she is using some of the cadence of Blue with the listing. "I'll write it in waves, in skies, and my heart." But doing it with Red, short, punctuated sentences. So it's this thing where she is both reflecting the person that she loves and also truly expressing herself.
[DongWon] She's learning how to write this way. Right?
[Howard] The line, "Red may be mad, but to die for madness is to die for something," is… Ah… I get chills.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[Howard] The confidence. The acceptance. The decision. And the… I'm in the chapter where Red is at a dead run trying to fix an unfixable problem.
 
[Erin] I think on that chill we will move to the homework for you. Which is to write a short note from one of your characters to another about something that's important to them. Then you're going… Make it short because you're going to have to do it a couple of times. Rewrite it as a text message. So you're going to change the format a little bit. How does that change the way that this note is happening? Then, right it is something that's going to be screened. Think about the ways somebody in prison might have their letter read by someone else who doesn't care about it before it gets to their intended target. So that changes a little bit of the context. Then, finally, right it as the final message they will ever get to send in their life. Which changes the stakes.
 
[Mary Robinette] This has been Writing Excuses. You're out of excuses. Now go write.
 
[Erin] Would you like to help other writers be out of excuses? Review us on Apple podcasts or your podcast platform of choice. Rate us 5 stars and help someone like you find us.
 
[Mary Robinette] Support for today's show comes from the Inner Loop Radio. If you listen to us because you're a writer, then you'll also want to listen to Rachel and Courtney talk about how to stay inspired, how to stay focused, and how to stay sane. Subscribe now to the Inner Loop Radio on iTunes, Spotify, YouTube, or any other podcasting site. Get inspired, get focused, and get [lit] on the Inner Loop Radio.
 
mbarker: (ISeeYou2)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 19.05: LIVE Recording - Revisions with Mahtab Narsimhan
 
 
Key Points: Revision is a mindset. The first draft is telling yourself the story. In revision, you are telling the story to readers. Use the template to distill your story into factors and notes, then revise using that outline. Your first draft is for what you want to say, your final draft is for how you want to say it. Revision is like writing a first draft all over again, but with spoilers. Try a trello board! A spreadsheet, including columns for the purpose of the scene in story terms, and the purpose in audience terms. While writing, add placeholder notes in brackets. Also note the purpose of the scene. Look at the emotional core of each scene. What works for you, works for you. 
 
[Season 19, Episode 05]
 
[Mary Robinette] This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by our listeners, patrons, and friends. If you would like to learn how to support this podcast, visit www.patreon.com/writingexcuses.
 
[Season 19, Episode 05]
 
[Mary Robinette] This is Writing Excuses, Revisions with Mahtab Narsimhan.
[Erin] 15 minutes long.
[Dan] Because you're in a hurry.
[Howard] And we're not that smart.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary Robinette.
[Erin] I'm Erin.
[Dan] I'm Dan.
[Howard] And if we were smart enough to write it well the first time, we wouldn't have to revise.
 
[Mary Robinette] We are here with our special guest, who is a past season host. Hello, Mahtab.
[Mahtab] Hello, Mary Robinette.
[Mary Robinette] So, for people who have not had the pleasure of having you join us before, would you tell us a little about yourself?
[Mahtab] Thank you. So. For those who haven't attended my session, I write books for kids. Everything from picture books, chapter books, middle grade, YA. Writing is actually my 5th career, because I have been hotel management, I've been sales, I have been recruitment. Writing, and I love it. This is my 5th one. It took me most of my life to figure that out, but now that I'm here, I am staying.
[Mary Robinette] So, basically, what you're saying is you've been revising your life to get to…
[Mahtab] Thank you. Yes, yes. Yes I have.
 
[Mary Robinette] So, I'm excited about this. You pitched several topics to us, but I was like, "Yes, listeners are always asking us about revisions." So when you said that you wanted to talk about it, I was like, "Yes, please." So, when you're thinking about revisions, like, do you have a process or is it different every single time you pick up a new project?
[Mahtab] It is different every single time, because, first of all, revision is a mindset. There are a lot of people who feel… They love the rush of writing the first draft, everything is new, everything is shiny, let's just keep going. Then, when it comes to revision, it's like, "Oh, gosh, I know this story already. Why am I doing this again?" For me, the first draft is actually the hardest, and then the real work begins during revisions. It really is a mindset, because you've got to realize that this is the time that you're actually going to be telling the story to the readers. The first time, when you're doing the draft, you're telling the story to yourself. There are a lot of holes, there are a lot of gaps, there is no pacing, there is basically no story or structure, unless you're a plotter. Or you might be a hybrid. But then, revision is when the real work, I think, begins. I… Like, for picture books, I've got a book coming out… Shameless plug, sorry about that, but I've got a book coming out in October, which is The Boy in the Banyan Tree. That, even though it's a 700 word picture book, that took about 4 years to finally like finalize and revise. I had to keep reading and writing the same 700 words again. First, when I just wrote it on my own. Then when the illustrator's notes came in, I had to write them again. I had to change my text to match what the illustrator did. So that was a whole different way of thinking about revision. Because most of the books that I write are middle grade, and those, I do have a revision process I have pretty much settled on which I really like. I do have a template which I will be sharing and people can download it. But it's basically distilling your entire story into chapters, scenes, plot points, a point of view, the setting, a timeline when that is happening, and then, when you're not distracted by dialogue or you're not distracted by descriptions or anything else, when you've just distilled the story down to these factors, and then you have a column on notes, that is how I actually revise based on that outline. Then I go back into the full revision. That really helps. Because you're not distracted with any of the other stuff. All you're looking at is are your chapters consistent, do you have enough point of view characters? If you've got 2 or 3, are they appearing at regular intervals? It just gives you a very distilled snapshot of your story. Which is easier to revise.
 
[Howard] Last week, the episode on pacing with Fonda Lee raised for me the question of if your pacing's wrong, how do you go about fixing it? Pacing, I think, is one of the most challenging things to address during the revision process. Because often you realize you've got scenes in the wrong order, you've got character whose arcs are not in the right places. The rewrite… For me, anyway, the rewrites for pacing often require me to take something that I just loved and set it aside, because it can't happen yet in the book. So… But when it happens later, it can't happen like that, and so I just have to rewrite it. Yeah, so, for me, often rewrites are about pacing. I want to get the flow correct, and it always hurts when I find that I've done it wrong, because I know that it's not so much a few words here and there, it is a few pages here and there that just have to be rewritten.
 
[Dan] I'm really with Mahtab on the way she thinks about revision. I think revision is the most important part of writing, and it is definitely the part where the real work starts. I think it is incredibly fun to do. That took me a long time to come to terms with, because I've already written this book. Why do I have to write this book again? Why do I have to keep working on it?
[Chuckles]
[Dan] Why do I have to throw some words away? Why do I have to add extra words? I'm already done. But… That's what helps you really fix it. One of my very favorite sayings is that your first draft is for what you want to say, in your final draft is for how you want to say it. That's where you take all these words you've written and you polish them and you hone them and you reorganize some of them and make it into a story instead of just a bunch of stuff that happens.
[Erin] I like to think about it as a fun thing. So… I think because I'm a little bit of a pantser, I'll be like, "Okay, I thought I was writing story X, but, oh my gosh, midway through, I realized, really, it's story Y." Now I get to go back and make it story Y all the way through. That's so fun. So, for me, it really feels like writing a first draft all over again, but, with, like, spoilers. Like, you know what I mean, like this is where you were going with this, now build it.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. I think of it… Because I… Before theater, I came out of art school, and we had sculpting, which was… When you were sculpting, it was, with clay, an additive and subtractive process. So you would get kind of your armature, which is an outline, and then you'd do the rough sculpt. Then you go through and you start fine tuning things and honing them and sometimes that means adding a little bit more clay, sometimes it means taking a lot out. I find that revisions, it's much the same thing. It's like sometimes I'm adding a scene, sometimes I'm pulling a scene out. Sometimes the revision is just, oh, I can fix this entire problem with just a single sentence. Those are like so satisfying when I managed to find that.
[Howard] That's the point where you realize, "Oh. I am a writer. I am good at this."
[Chuckles]
[Howard] My friend, Jim Zub, used to do portfolio reviews for comics, for illustrations, and he had some pointers for people on do's and don'ts for portfolio reviews. One of the things he said was if there's a piece in your portfolio that's not on good paper, it's something you drew and it's on notebook paper, don't put it in there. Draw it again on another piece of paper. If it's on notebook paper, and I look at it, what you are telling me is you don't like drawing things a second time. You have to be willing to take the original and do it again.
 
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. One of the… Sorry, that just made me start thinking about the tools of drawing. Which then makes me think about the tools of writing and the tools of revision. So you had mentioned that you have a…
[Mahtab] A template.
[Mary Robinette] A template. I find that my revision tools change kind of as I go through the process. So, when we come back from break, what I'd love for us to talk about are some of the tools that we use when doing revisions.
[Mahtab] Great. Absolutely.
 
[Mahtab] So, the thing of the week is I would love to recommend a story called, or rather, a book called Nevermoor, The Trials of Morrigan Crow. It is one of the… One of my favorite middle grade trilogy series that I've been reading right now. Such fabulous worldbuilding. It has got all of the tropes that you would need for the middle grade. You've got a child who's cursed, who gets whisked away into this magical land where she has to get inducted into this wondrous society, and she has all of these trials to go through. The voice is amazing, and it is… Well, the writing is amazing, but the voice of Gemma Whelan, who has narrated this book, is just as delightful. So, I actually raced through the entire trilogy, and now I'm listening to it, which is a whole different way of enjoying the book. So I highly recommend Nevermoor by Jessica Townsend. It's Nevermoor, The Trials of Morrigan Crow.
 
[Mary Robinette] So, now that we're back… What I'd love to talk about are tools that we use. So you mentioned the template that you've got. I have a trello board, which is a newer thing for me that I've started using. Which I will also share in the liner notes. For me, one of the things that I find that is most difficult about revision is that it's hard to mark that you're making progress. Which is one of the things that the trello board gave to me, is that I got little ticky boxes that I got to check off. It's like, yeah, I did the thing. What are some of the tools that other people use when they are diving into revision? Or do you want to tell us more about the template?
[Mahtab] You know what, actually, I went looking for where is versions or tips and techniques to look for revisions. I actually came across this blog post by a writer called Anita Nolan. Unfortunately, that blog post is not available, but I did have a chance to prepare the template based on what she had recommended, which is what I use. For anyone… Has anyone here opened the pie safe? Anyone cracked the… Wrote the number of words? No one here. But I did see… Any hands up? Okay, that's… So that's great. So you would have seen my first chapter revisions for Valley of the Rats. Which is the method that I use. I just found that even if I use it in a simple format, this particular revision method helps. Of course, the shorter the novel, I kind of… If it's a chapter book, I would probably do it in a slightly different way. But for most middle grade, YA novels, this helps.
 
[Mary Robinette] So, I'm going to give a really good example of revision. Which is that often you have information that you should have planted earlier so that the readers understand where you are. One of the pieces of information that I failed to plant at the beginning of the episode was that we are recording this live for an audience on the Writing Excuses workshop and cruise. So that's who we are talking to when we say for those of you who opened the pie safe. The pie safe, which is again information that you might have wanted…
[Dan] Vital worldbuilding exposition.
[Mary Robinette] I know. It's so much worldbuilding exposition. The pie safe, if you are on our cruise, we create this thing we jokingly call the pie safe which are basically behind the scenes looks at different things that we're working on as a prize for writers who have managed to write quote high, which is 3142 words in a single day. So, with that exposition out of the way…
[Chuckles]
[Mary Robinette] Which I should have planted earlier, we'll just all pretend that I… I'm going to go back and... Maybe we'll ask Alex to put that in...
[Howard] We can tell our engineer Alex to revise the episode for us. He loves doing that.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. We're absolutely not going to do that. But...
 
[Howard] One of my favorite tools is the spreadsheet that I use for my outline. Once I've written through a chapter or a scene or an entire book, I know a lot more about what an individual line in the outline might mean, and I will add columns to the outline for things like what is the purpose of this scene in story terms? What is the purpose of this scene in audience terms? Story terms might be I'm planting a clue or I'm creating a red herring. Audience terms is I'm building tension or I'm relieving tension or I'm telling a joke. I like to fill out that spreadsheet because as I do, it gives me a map for revision. It tells me what the scene's for, it tells me… It helps me find the things that are wrong or find the things that are missing.
[Erin] A tool that I use as a short story writer, a lot of my tools are really micro, because, like, you're getting into the individual sentences and paragraphs. One that I actually stole from essay writing is that sometimes when I'm writing an essay, I'll put a spot in brackets and I'll be like, "A brilliant sentence that summarizes all the things and makes it really make sense with this scene." So… I don't know if anyone remembers literal videos back in the day of MTV where they would tell you exactly what was happening in the video as opposed to the song? Sometimes I will go through a scene and actually look at what is this line doing? Not what's the line itself, but I'll be like, "A long, winding sentence that establishes the world and gives a little bit of character." "A short punchy thing that like keeps the audience going." I'll actually look at what I'm trying to accomplish with each individual sentence. The reason to do that is it gets me out of the headspace of I love these words, I don't want to touch them, to thinking about why did I put these words here in the first place. So that when I look at the literal video outline, it… I'm like, that's a series of things that doesn't make sense in a row, that tells me that the actual words that I wrote may need to be moved around as well.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. I often find that when I'm sitting there, trying to revise the same sentence over and over and over, that it's a clue to me that that sentence doesn't belong in the manuscript at all, and that I was just desperately trying to make it fit in. When we're talking about sentence level stuff. But, I also do the "really terrible German joke goes here" is one of my more recent ones…
[Chuckles]
[Mary Robinette] Or "competence porn. Then Almo does more." It's like sometimes you just… You put in these placeholders and the revision process is honing them. So, one of the other things that I find useful along the lines that you're all talking about is the purpose of the scene. That's something that I also mark down. So, sometimes I will look for redundancies in my manuscript, where I can look at rolling scenes together. I find that that's really fun. So, for me, what I'll do because I get attracted to my beautiful, beautiful words, is I'll pull the entire scenes all the way out, stick them in the scrap folder, start again. Then, when I'm like, "Wait, I've written this already," I'll go and grab a piece of it and drop it back in.
[Mahtab] What I also like to do is when I'm doing the revisions, also look at the emotional core of the scene. Sometimes, when you're doing the descriptions or you're doing the pacing, all of that, that might be missed out. So I also have an EC, and then for every scene, in the notes section, I will write in what is the emotional core. What is it that you want the audience to feel? How are you going to end the chapter to make sure that the audience feels… Or, it's not audience, the readers feel that way and they want to turn the page? So there are many things that I will also look at in the revision, and that'll all go into the notes column. Then, one thing I love to do is when I start a brand-new draft, I don't… Or rather, when I start the revision, I don't use the old… The first draft that I wrote. I start a brand-new draft. Then I just pick the pieces that I need, change it around so I'm starting with something very, very clean. It helps me in my head rather than looking at this whole jumble and getting bogged down by it and getting overwhelmed. I just go chapter by chapter by chapter and it just makes it a lot simpler and easier to kind of revise.
 
[Dan] I wanted to just say, really quick at the end here, that the method Erin and Mary Robinette are talking about, where they will insert placeholders, I will come back later and add this sentence or this scene or this dialogue… That is not something that I can do. So I just want to let you know out there that there isn't a right way to do this. What works for you, works for you. For me, I have to write things in order. I can go back in revision later, and I can add a line, but I find myself kind of constitutionally incapable of planning to go back and add the line. If I know it needs to be there, I have to put it in right there because everything that comes after it will stem from it or grow out of it in some way. So, whichever way you do it is fine. There's just lots of different ways to do it.
[Mary Robinette] So, with that in mind, it is time for us to give you your homework.
 
[Mahtab] Right. So, I would love for you to take your first chapter, whatever you're revising, your work in progress, or even if you're… Well, actually, this will work if you already have a draft. You will have access to the template very shortly, as soon as the podcast goes up. Try and revise your very first chapter by creating that template. The first time, I can tell you, is going to be a little bit painful, because all you're doing is you're picking out the plot, the chapters, the point of view, all of that. Just put that into your template, and aft… It will go a little bit easier, but I remember the first time I did it, it was extremely painful. It was very slow. I'm like, "Why am I doing it?" But, trust me, trust the process, it is going to work. Do that with your first chapter and see if you can see… If you can work out what's missing, if you can write notes in the chapter, and then continue on with chapter 2, 3, 4. But, at least, try that with the first chapter to see if this is a process that works for you.
 
[Mary Robinette] Well, thank you for joining us, Mahtab. This has been Writing Excuses. You're out of excuses. Now go revise.
 
[DongWon] Hey. Have you sold a short story or finished your first novel? Congratulations. Also, let us know. We'd love to hear from you about how you've applied the stuff we've been talking about to craft your own success stories. Use the hashtag WXsuccess on social media or drop us a line at success@writingexcuses.com.
 
mbarker: (Me typing?)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 18.32: The Kirsten Vangsness Expansion Pack
 
 
Key points: Imposter syndrome, and the expansion pack you bring from your life, from your experiences. Expressing is cathartic. Love the art in yourself. Everybody has the right to create. Anyone gets to play with the great creative gods. Honor what the audience brings. Imposter syndrome? First, agree that you are an imposter. Second, if you want to write, you are a writer. Avoid gatekeepers, including yourself! We have already gone through some gates, look back at those, and use that to get through new gates. Take care of your personal well and your art well first, let the commerce well fill when it can. 
 
[Season 18, Episode 32]
 
[Mary Robinette] This is Writing Excuses, The Kirsten Vangsness Expansion Pack.
[Erin] 15 minutes long.
[Howard] Because you're in a hurry, and we're not that smart.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary Robinette.
[Erin] I'm Erin.
[Howard] I'm Howard.
 
[Mary Robinette] And we are with our special guest, Kirsten Vangsness. Kirsten, would you like to introduce yourself to our listeners?
[Kirsten] Sure. Hi. My name is Kirsten Vangsness. I am most notably seen [garbled] in my hair and a keyboard. I have played Penelope Garcia on Criminal Minds coming up on its 17th season. I am a Los Angeles-based playwright, I have written four or five… Oh, shoot. I've cowritten five episodes of Criminal Mind. But I've written a few one acts… I've written a one person show that… I mean, he's my friend, but Neil Gaiman has been quoted as saying this is his favorite one person show. I took a couple of plays to Edinborough in 2019. I am the host of Kirsten's Agenda, which you can find on YouTube. I make stuff. That's me.
[Mary Robinette] Fantastic.
[Kirsten] I have a cat…
[Mary Robinette] We are so excited…
[Kirsten] [garbled]
[Mary Robinette] Yes. That was also… For our listeners who are not watching the video feed, Kirsten has an extremely adorable tuxedo cat behind her. Whose name is Atrao.
[Kirsten] Atrao.
[Mary Robinette] So I… Atrao. I was delighted. Delighted to meet both of you, actually.
 
[Mary Robinette] So what we're going to be talking about is the idea of imposter syndrome and the expansion pack that you bring from your life, from the experiences that you have. So, Kirsten and I both have a theater background. Longtime listeners have heard me talk about puppets, like, a lot. What do you find yourself, like, pulling from your performance experience when you are writing?
[Kirsten] One of the… I started writing… Writing became a gateway drug when I was in fifth grade and I got a huge crush on Harriet the spy and I started keeping a journal. Then, when I started to audition for things, I realized there weren't any parts for me that I could do in a monologue way that really showed what I wanted. They were too narrative or… I don't know. Like, you needed to kind of get in there in one short period of time and you realized, "Oh, it needs a conflict, it needs something fun to do." So, writing, I would kind of walk around my room and be like, "Okay. If I was coming up with the perfect monologue, this is what it would have." I would kind of talk and do it, and then write it down, and talk a little bit more. So that was actually how I started to write. Then I would go and do the thing that I just sort of barfed out of my mouth, and it would be way more successful and get me way more attention, or… I used to do these monologue festivals. It would cost like $50 to do, and you would get $55 if you won. I didn't have any money. So, like, I need to win this thing. So it became really important. Because then you got seen by casting directors and stuff. Then, as I… I always knew, just from writing in my journal, how cathartic expressing and necessary… Expressing. Period. I think that's true for every single human being. But when I was performing, it engages the brain, the writer brain, in a different way, because… And I've noticed this when I've written the Criminal Mind scenes I've written for the character that I play. There's the writer Kirsten, and then when actor Kirsten is doing what writer Kirsten wrote, she's like, "Holy goodness. I'm discovering something over here that…" So you get to have a different perspective. Especially, I think, if you're willing to come… Which is how I do, from any kind of creative standpoint, where I believe love the art in yourself, not yourself in the art. I'm not special. My job is to stay out of the way and let… Be the muse, let the muse come, blah blah blah. Everybody has the right to create. Everybody has the right to make something. You get an award or people like it, that's great. But I think that if you're willing to stand in personally from the work, you can kind of interact with it in a way that isn't so, like, "Look at this thing I made. Look at this thing." It's like you're here and I… I've actually… I'm going to name drop again. I actually learned that a little bit, or I learned to take ownership of that, from watching Neil Gaiman. Because I've been around him enough times and watched him sign books. Obviously, he's such a meaningful writer for many of us. The way he is able to engage with people who say to him, "This book is so important to me," and he can honor it, because he stands outside of the work. Like, he understands, like, that's something that I get… I get to play with the great creative gods, isn't this wonderful. I know the secret, which is you get to play with them. Anyone gets to play with them. Any of us who know that secret should share it. I do think that there are people who are gatekeepers, and act like you need to have some sort of rights to do it. I don't believe that. I can't believe that, because I'm not good enough of a writer to believe that. I… Sometimes I am and sometimes I'm really, really not. I have to make that very clear as we… I have written very good scenes in things that have been televised where I have literally started the scene like, Person One says something important.
[Laughter]
[Kirsten] Person Two says the opposite thing. Person Three comes in with an anecdote. Like… It's so… Did I answer that question?
[Yes]
[Kirsten] Talk about expansion packs.
[Garbled]
[Howard] [garbled] you absolutely answered the question.
[Yeah]
[Howard] The best of us, and the rest of us, do that same thing. I cannot count the number of times I've flipped through a script that I thought was ready to be illustrated and realized that there is a dialogue bubble that says "Punch line goes here, Howard."
[Laughter. Right. Right.]
 
[Mary Robinette] My current novel has a thing that says, "Bilbert makes funny joke here."
[Yeah. Yeah.]
[Mary Robinette] unfortunately, it's actually really bad joke here, which is much easier to fill. The thing that I especially like that you were talking about is honoring what the audience brings to it. I think that that personally is something that I brought out of my theater experience, is recognizing that only half the show exists until we get in front of an audience. They… Each person in the audience brings their own thing, whether that's the people on the set or the people who are watching it, or the reader. For me, like, when you talk about the great creative gods, that's the audience is actually that, because that's who I'm writing for, that's… That meeting in between us is what I'm looking for.
[Kirsten] Absolutely, because that energy, the gods and goddesses in non-binary gods and creatures of power, they are… There's an energy that happens between you and the audience. I'm doing this thing I just started in LA called Bits. By the time this airs, I will have done a couple of them. The whole idea [garbled] are these really incredible writers who write things, but we don't finish it. Sometimes the thing that makes you finish it is to do 10 minutes or less of it in front of a room, and say, "I'm making this thing," and take that terrible, disgusting, horribly apathetic to your insides leap of I'm reading this in front of people, and I don't even know if it's good, I don't know where it's good. I'm hoping that these parts make sense. You know, as you start to do it, because you'll feel this wave of energy coming at you. Whether that wave is apathy or joy or curiosity, you'll feel it. It is really interesting. Because it does teach you what you're saying to the audience.
[Howard] The wave of apathy is kind of like the sound of one hand clapping.
[Laughter]
[Erin] I think one thing that's cool is you feel it from yourself as well. Like, you get things from the audience, but I… I do not really have as much of a theater background, but I'm a big karaoke person…
[Laughter]
[Erin] As some of you folks…
[No, I can tell]
[Erin] In Writing Excuses land know, and, like, what's funny is you can be at home and, like, maybe your practicing your song, but when you get up in front of people, you sing differently, because they're there.
[Yeah, that's right]
[Erin] I think the same thing when you read your work. Like, sometimes I'll go… I like to read unfinished things that are just like those little bits that you're talking about. I'll start to read a sentence and as I'm reading it, I'm like, "Oh, that's not right. Actually…
[Laughter]
[Erin] Like, that word is not the word that I should be saying." Sometimes I'll try to revise it, like, on the fly and try to like remember what did I just say, because that was the thing, because in the moment of being in front of the audience, being there and seeing them brought something out of me as a creator that I didn't get in the same way when I was reading to my cat, as lovable as she is.
 
[Kirsten] That's right. I think it's two separate things. To write on your own in your privacy, to create in your private world, that has its own trappings, right? Like, I destroy myself when I write. Like, I have to know that there is a person that lives in me, that is just going to constantly tell me what a failure I, how pointless it is, or, like, why are you doing this? You're already on a show. You're already successful. Like, just… It will do anything it can to get me to stop. Then there's another… Is another kind of risk you're taking, like you said, when you're at home, doing your karaoke, and then when you go out in the world doing it. It's like the Heisenberg principle. The observed object is going to change by the act that it is being observed. And we at least all say we want our work to be seen and heard, so we have to get it observed. But it's so terrifying to have it observed, too.
[Mary Robinette] Yes. Absolutely. When we come back, we're going to talk about imposter syndrome and how to take these pieces of our lives and use them. But right now, let's take a quick break. Do you want to tell us about your thing of the week, Kirsten?
 
[Kirsten] Oh. Here's my thing… My thing! I asked if I could do plural things, and you said I could come so here's my plural things. I have a show on YouTube. I highly recommend Season Two, Season One's a little dated, because it was pandemic time deeply. But it's called Kirsten's Agenda, and it is about art and self-actualization. I don't remember most of it, but I do know that I made stuff during… I wrote things, I wrote songs, I interviewed a bunch of smart people. I have heard that it is helpful for stuff. So that is something that I would like to plug. Then, this is not something that I made, but it is a thing, it is my thing of the week, because I'm deeply invested in it. If you happen to be listening to this and you're going to the Edinborough Fringe this year, there's a show called Blue written by a wonderful playwright named June Carryl. It is about the insurrection, it is about the George Floyd incident, it is about… It's so beautifully told and so smart. It's an hour long and it's wonderful. It's called Blue by June Carryl. If you happen to be in Scotland in April, go see that at [garbled assembly room]. That's… Those are my things.
[Mary Robinette] All right, listeners. You have your marching orders. You're going to go listen to Kirsten… Or watch Kirsten's Agenda on YouTube and obviously you need to buy tickets to the Fringe festival in Edinborough. It's in April. You have plenty of time to make those plans.
[Kirsten] It's in August. It's in August. August! It's in August. They have a little time.
[Mary Robinette] They have some time.
[Laughter]
 
[Mary Robinette] Fantastic. So, now that we are back, I want to talk about imposter syndrome, because that's something that I think it's everybody. One of the things that you were talking about before the break, Kirsten, was why should I even do this? I don't even have… But also, your already successful. So there are these multiple parts of everyone's life, where there is an area that you have success, and then there's the new venture that you're trying. For a lot of our listeners, that new venture is writing, where they're very early in their career and maybe you haven't finished anything yet. What are the things that we can… I talk about with my own life that I came into writing with an expansion pack from the theater that I already knew how to deal with character. Because I had already been inhabiting characters, but structure was a hot mess.
[Ha ha!]
[Mary Robinette] What are ways that you can look for the skills that you already have and find out what your expansion packs are?
[Kirsten] I would say the first thing is to… I heard this… This was a black woman talking about imposter syndrome in business. It applies hugely with her, much less for me… In different degrees, depending upon the privilege in which our society has endowed us at this period of time, but she was saying, in terms of imposter syndrome, to get an agreement that you are an imposter. She was saying that where she is, the spaces in which she goes through life, it wasn't designed for her to be there. So she is an imposter. When you look at it like that, it's kind of cool, meaning, like, good for you for getting in there and doing it. So, I mean this in a different way obviously, because I want to make that distinction very clear, I am not trying to say that I'm going into the same situations like that, but I'm saying internally, get into agreement that you feel like an imposter, I think, is always the first thing that can end that argument. I'm a big fan of ending arguments inside myself. So, okay, I'm an imposter. Number one. Number two, I want to write. Because I want to write, means I am a writer. End of conversation. I wouldn't want to do it… I wouldn't have… I have a right to do it, because I want to do it. That's it. End that conversation. So there's some of these things that just need to be just stopped, and you need to let… Like, you need to do an act of spirit. Right? Like, don't go into your reptilian brain, just act of spirit. Then, I think, in terms of like, we all have what we need. I mean, we all have in our little hobbit bag of tricks what you need to do it how you do it. How I write is totally different than how other people write. So when I… Yes, it might be nice to read how other people do it, to give you freedom. But, like, I can't… Like, the way I write, I have to go back and edit every two seconds, which people say is terrible, you should never do that. But sometimes that's how I have to do it to make it work for me. I think that, like, you can pride yourself once you know and take pleasure… And I need to learn how to do this… In what you don't know. Like, I cannot learn to outline if my life depended on it. Like I… Literally, if my life depended upon the outline, I would be dead on the ground.
[Chuckles]
[Kirsten] But… Because I don't know how to do it yet. But it's going to feel so good when I do. But I still don't know. I think that that's part of the… It's called expansion pack for a reason. It's going to expand. So boring if it was just like the pack. You know what I mean? That's it… That's all you have. So I think that you just know what you're built with and then you go forth.
 
[Howard] Kirsten, I think in the first half of the episode you gave us a critical tool here. You talked about how we want to avoid the gatekeeping of any of this. Hey, get the gatekeepers out of the way, you should be… Hey, don't gatekeep yourself.
[That's right]
[Howard] Just stop that. We can all see ourselves doing it. Oh, I shouldn't do this because I'm… No. Week. I'm gatekeeping. Why am I gatekeeping? Because I'm afraid of failing. Because I'd rather go get a sand… I don't know. But figure out why that gatekeeper's there and then show him the curb.
 
[Erin] Yeah. I also think, like, what you said about feeling like… Understanding where the world is kind of working with you or the world is working against you is, like, you have… Everyone has gone through some gates already in your… Whether it's in your personal life, in your professional life, like, you know how to get past gates, like, you've made it somehow. So, sometimes I think we look at the gates in front of us that are closed, and we forget to look behind us at the gates that we've already unlocked, scrambled over, dug under, however you got through it, you got through it. Maybe you left a little bit of yourself behind. Maybe you got a scrape in the process. But you did it. I think going back and acknowledging that is a great way to take power forward for the next gate in front of you.
[Mary Robinette] I literally got chills when you said that, Erin. Just FYI. Yeah, that's… I think that that is absolutely important is to honor the experiences that you have had, whether they're positive or negative, for what they can teach you about the road ahead of you. In one of our other podcasts, I talked about the fact that I cannot tell you exactly how to navigate through the experience of being a writer because I start from a different point. So the experiences that I passed through our different. But, to Erin's point, to Kirsten's point, I can look at the things that I have gone over, and that can help guide me forward. I have… actually, have a conflict that I'm going to resolve after I get off this podcast. In fact, thank you.
[Chuckles]
 
[Mary Robinette] So, one of the things… I'm going to circle back to something from the beginning part of the episode, Kirsten, when you were talking about your gateway into writing, which is that you started it by monologueing. By trying to find monologues. Where you are now, what tools are you still using from that?
[Kirsten] Oh, I still… I mean, look. I am a… I think that there are people that move in a linear fashion, and there are people like little onions that just go in a little circle. I'm the circle kind. So, like, I'm doing the same… I dress the same as I did when I was five. So, it's like… I just go a little more provocative, a little more provocatively. I'm going down a road and I'm stopping the road because it's not going to make any sense to anybody but me.
[Chuckles]
[Kirsten] But I think that the things that I use, luckily for me, the way in which I speak to myself, the way in which I externalize, a lot of stuff I write about is about all the people who live inside of us. I do a lot of like persona stuff… Very easy for me to write dialogue, just based on the various things that I combat with inside of my own person. So, dialogue is really easy for me, because I can do it based on what goes on inside of me. If that makes any sense. So I think just journaling… To me, you know how you know you're a writer? You know how I know I'm a writer? I write. If you wrote a sentence today, I will argue, that by dint of recording yourself saying something, writing something down, drawing something out, you are a writer. That day. Check the box. You might want to be more of a writer, by writing a little longer. But if you don't right, are you a writer? Like, who's the actor? The one who has the nachos commercial that's running all the time, making money by just sitting on their couch, or the person who is doing day to day today scene work and monologues and plays for two dollars a night? Like, who's the actor? Like, who's the writer? So, like that's… To me, the act of doing it creates more moments of success. Like, I… You have to make the gross stuff, and then through all that gross stuff that you're puking out, there'll be like a little bit of gold.
[Garbled]
[Howard] I had a friend, years ago, said, "Lots of people will tell you you can't write. Don't let any of them tell you you don't."
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. I will also, just to layer onto that, continuing to use theater as the metaphor, that sometimes you go through slumps. Where you cannot find a gig. At all. Or you can't even get in the room to audition. That doesn't make you stop being an actor. It doesn't… Likewise, as a writer, just because you don't make a sale doesn't mean you aren't a writer. Then, also, one thing I want to say for mental health. If you have to take a break, surgeons go on vacation, they're still surgeons. So if you have to take a break from writing, you're still a writer, even if you're not actively doing it because of mental health or other health things.
[Kirsten] Yes. I would say, though, that creativity is one of those wonderful, terrible, jealous mistresses. That once you open Pandora's box, if you try to shut her again, you will feel pain. Your body will scream at you. So maybe not writing… Maybe you can take a break from writing, but your creativity is something… It's there, and it's there for you, always. It's always there for you. That's the thing that I find so touching about it. I can leave her forever and she's always there. She might be, like, "you forgot about me and I feel lonely and you need to tend to me more so I'll wake up to you. You're going to have to be nice because I'm not just going to drop pearls of wisdom at your feet right now because I'm a little mad." But she's always there. If I can impart this to everybody, if I could give… I want to share this with the world, that's how important this is. Because I am very… Like, I have a successful job. People can point… Look! There she is. She must get paid for that. She's… Like I do the thing.
[Chuckles]
[Kirsten] Also, you see my name on it. Write… Cowritten by there's my name. That is great and fine. But if I don't… If I knew a lot of rich successful people that were happy, I would… If money and success made you happy, I would know a lot of rich and successful happy people. And I don't. I would say equal, but maybe not even that. There's your art well and there's your commerce well. They are not the same well. Very rarely can I say that I have… put… my commerce well is the thing I make money doing. Your art well is your art well. You hope that the art well becomes a commerce well. But it becomes a commerce well, it's kind of, now, it's a job to make you money. You can't… To put all of this into this isn't fair. Like, so we have to also look at the joy of the doing of it and the deep, deep important cool value of the doing of it. The fact that you are writing, that's cool. The fact that you're writing and that no one's paying attention to it, no one's giving you money, that's even cooler. That's what they write songs about and make movies about is you. So, like the second you become successful, you're just like, "Whatever." You chew up gum. You're going to get attention for that. But, like, I want everyone to know that coming from someone whose commerce well is very full, I always have to keep my art well full. That's my responsibility, and our responsibility as people to our own inner artists that needs tending. The world will become progressively a more kind of place you want to live in if we each just tend to our own pleasure, tend to our own art well.
[Erin] Just to feed on to that, and to add to what Mary Robinette was saying earlier, the most important well… I love that, by the way. I love the art well and the commerce well, and there's also, like, your personal well. Like, your actual I can exist as a person well. That is the well that you really, really must feed the most, because if that well goes dry, you lose it all. So, sometimes you have to… I have found that, literally in the last week, that I was struggling, staying up late, working on a project, not doing very well, and then I was, "You know what? I'm going to go get eight hours of sleep. I'm just… It's going to put me back, but I'm just going to try it." Then I woke up, and the next day, my art well… My personal well was refilled, and so my art well was moving much faster than it was when I was, like, struggling through the art and letting the personal go. So, it's really about making sure you feed yourself so that you can feed your art and then hopefully we all become rich and happy and successful at the same time.
[Mary Robinette] Amazing. I think that that is a great point for us to move on to our homework, which will give you, dear listeners, something to fill your art well with.
 
[Kirsten] Ooo. Okay. So I came up with this. I'm going to try to make it concise. Brevity is not my forte. I have these big questions that I always write about. I always write about time. I'm fascinated by time. What is young, what is old, who lives inside of us? That Madeleine L'Engle quote we are every age we've ever been. These are things I think about all of the time. I also think about the female sexual response cycle all of the time. These are two things I constantly think about. So I end up writing about them, because there my big questions. Now you might know what your big questions are. You might be like, "Oh, these are the things I think about all of the time." I'm talking about big [contemplations?] Like what do we do after we die, or, I really, really, really am this political affiliation. This is why and I feel deeply about it because… What are your big questions? If you don't know what they are, or even if you do know what they are, get a recording device on your phone, whatever. I like those voice to text things very much. I use that almost all the time. Record yourself. You can hear yourself, because I think cadence and the way things you're stressing on is important. And see the words. Go on a rant. Rant about your philosophical big question or questions. Then, sit down, make it easy on yourself if you can only I feel stressed out, I can't do it for too long. Like, make a timer. Like 10 minutes. Do it… Do a little mini. Mini task. Now make a scene based on that philosophical idea. Don't write about the philosophy. Have the people doing the thing. Make a thing where you try to avoid talking about the concept. But show the concept. Maybe even don't even have any dialogue, if you don't want to, just by their behavior you see it. That is my homework.
[Mary Robinette] All right. Fair listeners. Your task is to identify what your big questions are, and then write a scene in which you have characters living out and embodying that big question.
[Kirsten] I would expansion pack this and say do all that while making sure that at least all three wells are filled up as high as you can get them. The other two, the personal as Erin was talking about, and the commerce, as high as you can get them at that moment, before you get to this. That would be my… Be gentle with yourself. Give yourself grace as you do it. That would be the expansion pack part of that.
[Mary Robinette] You should maybe do that by taking a break and go watch the Kirsten's Agenda.
[Laughter]
 
[Mary Robinette] This has been Writing Excuses. You're out of excuses. Now go write.
[Howard] To stay up-to-date with new releases of upcoming in person events, like our annual writing retreats and Patreon live streams, follow Writing Excuses on Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, and Twitter. Or subscribe to our newsletter.
mbarker: (Burp)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 18.29: Collaboration And Partnership
 
 
Key Points: Partnerships with other people or other IP's or groups. Even sequels and short stories set in established worlds need collaboration. Working in someone else's IP or working with your past self. Fit into the existing continuity or play with it. Collaboration is not the same every time. With some IP work, the canon rules. In IP work, you don't get to pick the audience. Get to know the audience, at least a little. Learn what kind of collaborator you are, and what type of collaborations you enjoy. Know who you are working with, too. Writing for a property you love may still be harder than writing your own thing. What do you do to make a collaboration work? First, accept that writing is egotistical, and collaboration requires you to let go of part of that ego and listen to other people. An effective tool is focusing on fiting your story within this framework. You've been picked for your personal voice, use it! Match their mechanics and aesthetics, but express your personal voice. What is intrinsic to the first part, what does the audience love, and how can I tell a new version of that? Collaborators sometimes see different things. Collaboration challenges you to think about the essence of the story you want to tell because you don't have full control of all aspects. Collaboration can teach you new tools. Two writers working together works best when each one knows what they are bringing to the partnership. Each case is a little bit different. Sometimes you have to put your foot down if the collaboration is going towards something harmful, or a story that doesn't need to be told in that way. This is a delicate process! Know where your line is.
 
[Season 18, Episode 29]
 
[Mary Robinette] This is Writing Excuses.
[DongWon] Working in Partnership.
[Erin] 15 minutes long.
[Dan] Because you're in a hurry.
[Howard] And we're not that smart.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary Robinette.
[DongWon] I'm DongWon.
[Erin] I'm Erin.
[Dan] I'm Dan.
[Howard] I'm Howard.
 
[Dan] We are going to talk about working in partnership with other people or with other IP's which can often be an entire group, rather than a single person. Part of this is collaboration. But this is also something that you often will find yourself doing with your own work when it's time to go back and write a sequel to something or a short story set in a world that you or someone else has established. There are rules you have to follow in order to make sure that it stays true to the original thing. So this is something that all of us have done to varying degrees. So let me start by just kind of throwing this out as a general question. Why is it important, or rather, how is it different when you have to work within an established IP versus just creating something whole cloth?
[Mary Robinette] So, there are built-in constraints that you have to work towards. I've done this in a couple of different modes. I've done this in someone else's IP for games. I collaborated with Brandon on the thing for The Original. But the thing that I'm doing right now is, that is, is basically collaborating with my past self. I'm writing the fourth book in the lady astronaut That series, and I have to fit it in between the novels that I have already written in the short stories that are farther down the timeline of this. As I was working on it, I had… Like, I worked out this whole outline, grabbed one of the short stories to reference a character name, and realized that it takes place two years after the end of this novel. So I could not have the ending that I was aiming for because it broke the rest of my canon.
[Howard] Kevin J. Anderson, who famously has written a number of Star Wars novels, was on the podcast and gave us what I considered the high water metaphor, which is Lando Calrissian and Han Solo in Return of the Jedi, when Lando Calrissian needs to take the Millennium Falcon and Han says, "Don't scratch it." Your job as a tie-in fiction writer, according to Kevin J. Anderson, is you need to take the Millennium Falcon, blow up the Death Star with it, bring it back to Han without scratching it. I love that metaphor so much.
[Mary Robinette] There's a number of different things that I think that you're thinking about with that. It's the fitting into the existing continuity. So there's a couple of different ways you can play with it. One is that you can… You could play that as Lando manages to do all of that without scratching it. The other is you can have this whole side quest of, oh, crap, I have, in fact, scratched it, now I have to clean it up before Han knows. So there's a certain amount of gleeful playfulness that you can do where you're like, "Hum. You told me that I can't do this thing, but let me see if I can…
[Chuckles]
[Mary Robinette] And still be respectful to the IP.
[Howard] The back-and-forth that I got to have with Doug Seacat when I was writing tie-in fiction with Privateer Press. We were talking about coal technology and magic. I told him, "Hey, are you aware of coal tar?" He said, "What's coal tar?" I said, "Well, it's a 19th-century thing that was a byproduct of coal processing. It's a mild acid that got used in medicine all the time." He said, "I didn't even know about that. Well, it's going into the book." So… That level of the partnership for me was so much fun because I got to reach into Doug's head and find out what they'd said and then see if I could add things to the universe. He paid me a very high compliment at the end and said, "I love what you did with the technology inside this war jack. We haven't had anybody actually try to describe how one of these works, and you just went for it." I'm like, "Yeah, I stared at pictures of railroad engines for hours, but this was fun."
 
[Mary Robinette] The other thing that I want to say is that I think understanding that collaboration is not going to be the same way every time.
[Right]
[Mary Robinette] So, Brandon and I have collaborated on a thing, and Dan and Brandon have collaborated. Both of these are audio… Things that were intended for audio. Our collaboration processes were completely different. With me, Brandon handed me a script… Or, not a script, an outline and a world Bible. I sat down and we had a little bit of back-and-forth, fleshing out the outline where I turned it into scenes that made sense to me. Then I started writing it. In the process of writing it, I would hit these worldbuilding things, which is the thing that Brandon is known for, that made no sense at all…
[Chuckles]
[Mary Robinette] Because what he realized in that process was that so much of his worldbuilding was figuring it out as he was going. So we had to have a lot of back-and-forth about that, and jettisoning those things that had been planned and plotted that didn't actually make sense once we actually got in there. Whereas Dan was given this very blank slate, which we talked about in the first episode in this series.
[Dan] Yeah. The Dark One novel was similar to what you got. He gave me an outline, but actually very little if any worldbuilding of how the secondary world… It's a portal fantasy… How does that actually function. The collaboration for this process was just, "Hey, this would be cool to do this podcast story. Do it. It has to explain how this character in's up in prison." That was the entire thing that I had to work with.
 
[DongWon] Yeah. I think, I have a number of clients who do a lot of IP work. Right? I have clients who have written for Bioware and Blizzard and Marvel and Star Wars. Right? Some huge brands. It is always fascinating to me seeing how that process works when there is decades sometimes of canon, and canon that's incredibly important to the fan base. Right? So, if you play with the worldbuilding of Dragon Age, you're going to have a lot of conversations around that. Now, the problem is, there's an asymmetry here, because you're dealing with a big corporation who is trying to develop a videogame, make movies, make TV shows, in parallel with what you're doing, so it's also trying to hit a moving target with people who are very busy. So sometimes as the writer, when you're coming into this, you need to find a way to manage your time and sort of protect your time, so that you're not spending… You're not doing revision after revision after revision chasing a moving target of what the current canon and what the current lore is. Working… Doing that kind of work for hire work can be incredibly rewarding, financially, and it can be really fun to write in these universes, but it is a particular skill that's almost a management skill as much as it is a craft skill of finding a way to fit into that world.
[Erin] I think that's so important… Two things that you said that I love. One is that you don't get to pick the audience. That's, I think, the biggest thing in working in intellectual-property work, IP work, is that the audience for this work has been determined for you, and often times has been built up for a long time. So you may be able to play with the world and with what you're doing, but ultimately… When you write a novel, you might think, "Here's the audience that I want for it." But if you're writing for a game, it's these gamers. So you need to know a little bit… I think it's always wise to get to know the audience a bit. You don't necessarily have to pander to them, but it's good to know what the expectations are coming in, what people sort of want from this property or from this world, so that you have a sense that you're playing to the strengths of it as opposed to fighting it, which is never a good thing to do. I would say the second thing is, if you do a lot of collaborative work, is learning the type of collaborator that you are and the type of collaborations that you enjoy. Because not everything is going to be your cup of tea. Sometimes you don't like working with, like, big multinational companies because ultimately they hold a lot more control. You might consider like more of a one-on-one collaboration like Mary Robinette was talking about. I love writers' rooms, where your getting together with a group of people to create something and you're doing a lot of the generative work together. Then going off and writing and coming back to see how it went. Just because it plays to things that I think are really fun. Sometimes you don't know these things until you do it. But if you've collaborated on anything in your life, a school project…
[Chuckles]
[Erin] A grocery list, like, a vacation, you know a bit about yourself when you work with other people. You can then try to use that and build on it when you collaborate in a creative space.
 
[DongWon] Yeah. I think it's really important to not only know who your audience is, but who you're working with. Right? Because I've seen writers go into collaboration with some of these big IP that have a fan base that may not always be the easiest to work with. Especially if they're fem, especially if they're queer or a writer of color, they can get a lot of pushback in a way that can be very unpleasant. Coming up, I have Mark Ashiro is collaborating with Rick Riordan. One of the things that collaboration was specifically because Rick did not feel like he was in a position to write these queer characters. So he wanted to find a queer writer to take that on. It was a thing that Mark and I looked at very carefully in terms of how is Mark being positioned to the fans and in what way. I mean, we could not have a more wonderful partner than Rick on this. Then he and his team have taken absolute care to make sure that Mark is seen as a full collaborator and is front and center in the fans' eyes. So, knowing that we had that backup going in really changed the calculus for us of, like, is this a thing… Or, like, how do we approach this, what do we need to do to make sure that, like, we're going to navigate this well. Right? The book's coming out soon. Fans are really excited, we're really excited, I think it's going to be a really beautiful partnership.
 
[Dan] Yeah. This is such an important thing to consider. Especially, remembering back to my days trying to break into this, where I was like, "I will take anything." But also if you let me write for a property that I love, that's even more exciting to me. It is often so much harder than just writing your own thing. I sat down, back when Star Wars kind of ramped up its new slate of novels a few years ago, I sat down with Claudia Gray who's been writing a ton of Star Wars stuff, and said, "Tell me everything, I would love to work in this." By the end of that conversation, I was like, "Absolutely not."
[Chuckles]
[Dan] "This is not for me." I love Star Wars, but this process that you go through that produces very good books and the people who do it enjoy it is definitely something that I would not have enjoyed. So you do need to pay attention to who you're going to be working with, what their process is going to be like, how much do you love the property. Given the same opportunity to write for Star Trek, I would absolutely say yes, because it's more of a personal connection for me. But there a lot of extra considerations when you get into this kind of work. Let's pause now, and when we come back, we want to talk more about how this collaboration works.
 
[Mary Robinette] I wrote a story with Brandon Sanderson called The Original. This story is about a woman who wakes up and discovers that her husband has been murdered, and, more than that, that she is a clone, and her original murdered him. She's been given a period of time in which to track down her original and bring her to justice. It is science fiction, it's immersive, but it is audio. It is specifically written for audio. It was a lot of fun to write. So, if you're interested in someone who's doing a lot of self reflection out of force, this is something you might want to pick up. It's called The Original. That is by me, Mary Robinette Kowal and Brandon Sanderson.
 
[Dan] All right. So, how do we do this? We've talked about a lot of the perils of collaboration, and a lot of the benefits that you can get. Specifically, how is it different? What do you need to do in a collaboration to make it work?
[Howard] I want to start by saying that there is nothing is inherently egotistical as writing a novel that you expect other people to read. That's good. It is an inherently egotistical act, and I accept that. I accept that and I embrace that. It's important to accept and embrace that, because the moment you're collaborating, you have to recognize that at least a little bit of that ego you gotta let go of it. You have to let go of that and learn to listen to other people over the voice of your inner artist who is shouting for the things that you want. This may sound like a 101 level technique, but I'm here to tell you, the world is the place that it is because it ain't a 101 level technique.
 
[Mary Robinette] So, along those lines, one of the things that I have found to be a very effective tool is to think about, there's your goal. You have to tell a story for someone else in this world, or in your own world. But that you want to bring… You can fit your story, the story that you want to tell, within this framework. There's a reason that they picked you to tell this is opposed to someone else. That is your personal voice. So I'm going to draw… Take a brief sidestep to draw out the distinction in voice. There's three types. There's mechanical, there's aesthetic, and there's personal. If I use puppets as a metaphor, which I'm very fond of doing. When we say mechanical, it's like what kind of puppet is it. When we say mechanics in writing, it's like third person, first person, game, YA, whatever you're doing mechanically. That can be taught, that can be mimicked. Aesthetic, what does that puppet look like, what does it sound like. Those can be taught and mimicked. Personal… If you loan the same puppet to two different puppeteers, it looks like a different character. Which is why everyone freaked out when Kermit's original puppeteer, Jim Henson, died and Steve Whitmire took over, even though it's clearly the same puppet. So it's matching mechanic and aesthetic. So when you are coming in, you want to make sure that you're matching their mechanics and their aesthetics, but recognize that your personal voice is part of why you were hired. So your ideas, your personal experience, those things are going to express themselves in the fiction, and that has value. At the same time, you're also going to have to make decisions about which pieces of your personality you are sharing with them, and which pieces you are retaining, and which pieces you're willing to say, "You know what, we can overwrite that," because it is getting in the way of my paycheck and the things that you want me to do.
 
[Dan] Another consideration here when you… One of the things that you mentioned was the story you want to tell. I think that that's such a big part of this. One of the things we said at the beginning was even when you write a sequel, you are essentially in collaboration with yourself. It is interesting to me to look at sequels or second seasons of the show and realize, "Oh, this creator misunderstood what the audience loved about the first thing." Right? One of the examples I like to use for this is The Temple of Doom, the second Indiana Jones movie. What Spielberg and Lucas loved about the first one, and what they were trying to do, is not necessarily what the audience took away from that first one. The things that the audience loved were not… About Raiders of the Lost Ark… Kind of weren't present in the second one as much. That was a case of them identifying different things than the audience did in terms of this is what I'm going to continue, this is how I'm going to keep this story going. You can see the same thing with season two of Heroes, people developing superpowers. What the creators thought we all loved about that and therefore what they focused on in season two was people coming together and forming a super team. Whereas the audience was like, "No, we already saw that. We want to see the team do something together now." Because what the audience kind of pulled out of season one was, "Oh, I love these characters, and I want to see them continue to grow along this path." Rather than I want to see them walk the same path over again. So identifying what it is that really makes this click, and how can I give you more of that while being different, is part of not only writing a sequel, but also writing an episode of a TV show, writing a short story set in a larger world. What is intrinsic to this, what does the audience love about it, and how can I tell my own new version of that?
 
[Erin] I think one of the challenges and excitements of working in collaboration is that you may feel differently about that than a collaborator does. You may believe, like, that the audience is getting character and they may believe, no, the audience is really into the tension of it. So, sometimes you do have to set aside, especially if you're working with a collaborator that has more positional power, like, they're a big company, and ultimately you're not going to convince Marvel that they are wrong about the character. They're going to tell you, "It's this," and you're going to have to work with it. But I think that that's actually some of the most fun of it, and why I enjoy collaborating, is figuring out what are the mechanics and aesthetics that I need to fit my personal voice to, and how can I still make things that are core to me as a storyteller come through in this different format. Sort of like when we were talking about writing in a different format, when you're using someone else's mechanics and aesthetics, it is its own, like, sort of genre of writing. Figuring out how to tweak things and say things differently, but still get the core through, is so important. I remember Mary Robinette several episodes ago, you talked about, I think, essence and form.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[Erin] Which I always say as essence and expression. It's, you change the expression, but the essence is there. I think what it challenges you to do is think about what is the essence of the story that you're trying to tell in a way that you might not when you have full control over all aspects of the storytelling.
[Dan] I understood this principle you're talking about in a completely different way when I took the time to look at my favorite X file episodes and realized they were all by the same writer. There was something that that writer was putting into the stories, that essence, that personality, that intimate connection to what was going on, that I responded to. It's one of my favorite shows, I like most of the episodes. But these four or five in particular spoke to me in a very unique way, because it was that singular author's voice coming through.
[Mary Robinette] This is a thing that we have to do in puppet theater a lot, that… They say it takes 5 to 10 years to establish a company, and during that time, you have to do names, like Pinocchio, Snow Queen. So the goal is to figure out how to do the story that you want to tell while still having the audience feel like they came out of the theater seeing Pinocchio. It comes down to figuring out, okay, what are the markers, what are the things that are important in these stories? Like, I know that in The Calculating Stars, and this is part of what I get from reading the five and four star reviews, when I'm in the right frame of mind, is that people like seeing women in STEM, they like seeing someone who's dealing with anxiety, they like a happily married couple, and they want to be in space. Like, I have to make sure that as much as possible, I give you at least one scene in space.
 
[Erin] I also think you can get tools from collaboration that are like random things you would never have to have known otherwise.
[Chuckles]
[Erin] A good example of this is, so Zombies Run is based out of the UK, and all of the characters are British. I am… Was, when I was writing, the only non-British writer. So I would write things and they would be like, "This is very American." They'd be like, "You just used this American slang. This is not how things work. Stop saying… Whatever… The floors start at zero." It really made me, like, open my eyes in a way to sort of what are the things that I'm making assumptions about in the way that I tell stories that I wouldn't have thought about if a collaborator hadn't said we tell stories a little differently and you're going to need to adapt to that. I actually think that even though I don't write in Britishisms outside of that, it really helped me think differently about the assumptions I was making as a writer.
 
[DongWon] Mostly, up until this point, we've been talking about writing for IP or writing for an existing universe in those ways. There's another type of collaboration that is two individual writers working together. I've been fortunate enough to work on a number of co-written projects that were quite successful. Your talk about tools is what made me think of this. I think they've worked the best when I could see each writer knew what they were bringing to the table. So, in the case of James S. A. Corey, that was Daniel Abraham and Ty Franck. Like, Daniel was really bringing this sort of like rich worldbuilding, really thoughtful politics, very expensive sort of systems oriented thinking. Then, Ty was bringing a really strong sense of action and pacing and all of these things. It was one of these things that each of them individually… I mean, Daniel is a truly wonderful novelist in his own work, but I could see how the alchemy of the two of them working together were making something that was so dynamic and so fun, and created this really fantastic science-fiction series. Max Gladstone and Amal El-Mohtar, working on This Is How You Lose the Time War together, that is a collaboration that's really driven by their friendship, and each of the two characters, Red and Blue, are kind of reflections of both their styles and ways of being in the world, and then figuring out a little bit of how their friendship worked through these two characters interacting and talking to each other. You could just sort of see, like, Max's more mechanical thinking, Amal's more like organic thinking… I'm obviously being very reductive here. But, like, these two I think coming together in these two characters in these really symbolic ways and weaving together to make this really beautiful story. So, what I love is each of them knowing what their toolkit was and also understanding there was a way that that would we interact with someone else's toolkit to make something that works better together than individually.
[Dan] Well, let me follow up and ask you some questions about that. Was there a point in either of those processes where you, as the outsider, saw them start to click into what those roles were?
[DongWon] I think with Daniel and Ty a little bit more. Because that was a little bit more not clearly what section was written by which person. They did alternate, and then they would sort of pass and edit together. That was meant to be seamless. With Max and Amal, it really was more… Each… Red sections and Blue sections are meant to sound different. So those were written separately, and then sort of edited to work as a whole, but that was… Also that just showed… They didn't even tell me they were working on this. It just appeared on my desk one day. I was like, "What did you guys do?"
[Chuckles, laughter]
[DongWon] Which turned out to be a beautiful sort of surprise. So it depends a little bit on the project. Right? With Mark working with Rick Riordan, it has been, again, a little bit more deliberate of Mark. Like, okay, how do I fit into this voice, into this style of storytelling, while bringing their own sort of personality and their own perspective to it. Which is what, as Mary Robinette was talking about, they were hired to do. That's why Rick wanted Mark, because they had read Mark's other work and said, "This fits. This is the perspective that these characters need to have. This is Nico." Right? So I think in each of… Each case is a little bit different is one of the things that also is really useful. Not only look to who you're partnering with and what are they bringing to the table. Know what you bring to the table. It's always a little bit of a tap dance, always a little bit of give-and-take.
[Dan] Yeah. The first collaboration I did with Brandon was for a book called Apocalypse Guard, which is not published and might not ever be published. We back burnered that one. But that is a book he wrote for Delacorte and wasn't working. He basically handed it over to me and said, "Is there any way you can fix this?" Which meant that I came into it kind of more with that mindset of, well, what are my strengths here? I had the benefit of looking at an existing thing and realizing, okay, what do I… I know Brandon is better at endings than I am, he is better at worldbuilding than I am. What am I going to bring to this? Character and voice and humor. That really helped us crystallize, this is what I… My specialty, this is what your specialty, we're going to put these together and create something neither of us could have done on our own.
[Erin] This is making me think of one really specific type of collaboration, which is that I also do some cultural consulting, where I come onto projects and collaborate with them to make sure that there thinking about the world beyond the one that they just know from their own cultural background, is the way I'll put it. So, just bringing my own experience to the table. Those tend to work better when it really is a collaboration, versus, like, a we wrote this, please fix it so we don't get canceled, which is a thing that sometimes happens. But when it's truly collaborative, it's really interesting because what happens is you're bringing your understanding and, like, I'm bringing my worldview and saying, like, "how is this worldview a little different than the worldview that you would bring?" Even though you're in sort of more control of this property and what's happening with it, I'm trying to bring something different to the table that I want you to listen to, because it's going to reach a whole new group of people and also, just, I think, be a broader and more interesting story. I would say that one thing that I've really gotten out of doing this is, even in other collaborative projects, I will put my foot down if I feel that the collaboration is going towards something that I think is harmful, or just like a story that I don't think needs to be told in that particular way, because it's not… It's putting things out in the world that I don't agree with and I don't want sort of my name associated with. That can be a really delicate process, which is why I'm bringing it up right here at the end of the episode. But I think it can be very delicate to figure out when can you take power in a collaboration, and when is it important to say, "This is my Hill to die on. I do not want us to tell this type of story." And when do you have to let things go, and really understanding the difference between something you may not like aesthetically or a choice you may not have made as a storyteller, and something that you think is a deeply personal and, like, thing that you don't think should be out in the world in the form that it is in the particular collaboration.
[DongWon] Yeah. I mean, I've seen… We mostly talked about when things go well. I've also seen collaborations not go well, and those projects not make it to publication, which I think, in each of those cases, was for the best. Right? I think that's also something to keep in mind, is that there are failure states of this that are different from the failure states of writing your own solo project. Sometimes it's knowing what's important to you, knowing where your line is and saying I'm not going past this line and holding that ground, which can be very difficult to do, but it's important to have clarity about why you're doing this and what you're bringing to the table.
 
[Dan] Okay. It is time for some homework. What we would like you to do today as an exercise… This is not going to produce salable fiction, because you are taking words from somebody else. Grab something on your TBR pile, a book that you are intending to read and haven't gotten to yet. Open it up, find a random paragraph, and use that paragraph is the opening of a short story.
 
[Mary Robinette] In our next episode of Writing Excuses, we learn what all the one star reviews for I Am Not a Serial Killer have in common, and we talk about the two halves of a reader's brain. Until then, you are out of excuses. Now go write.
 
mbarker: (BrainUnderRepair)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 18.25: To Narrator or Not to Narrator
 
 
Key Points: Different audio formats use narrators differently. Narrator, telling, and no narrator, showing, changes the pacing. Immersion versus distance! Create space for the audience to imagine. Keep in mind what you can let the audience imagine, and what you need to specify to fit your story. Do think about narrator or not as craft, but also as a business decision.
 
[Season 18, Episode 25]
 
[Mary Robinette] This is Writing Excuses.
[DongWon] To Narrator or Not to Narrator.
[Erin] 15 minutes long.
[Dan] Because you're in a hurry.
[Howard] And we're not that smart.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary Robinette.
[DongWon] I'm DongWon.
[Erin] I'm Erin.
[Dan] I'm Dan.
[Howard] And I'm Howard.
 
[Dan] We're going to talk about narrators today. We had a moment in the last episode where I said that Forgotten doesn't have a narrator, and Mary Robinette said yes it does. We're going to talk a little bit about that difference. There are a lot of audio things, as audio becomes a much bigger part of the market, people are starting to play with the form a little, we're starting to see full cast audio a lot more than we used to, we're starting to see a lot of different things. So there are full audio dramas, radio dramas, and then there are dramatized audiobooks, and they use narrators differently.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. So when you're thinking about an audiobook, an audiobook is something that was written for prose, for print, not necessarily prose but written for print, and then is read aloud. A dramatized book is something that, or a full cast… Let me step first… The full cast, where you have multiple voices, instead of a single narrator. Then you have dramatized audio which is usually full cast and then sound effects. Then you move over to radio plays, which come from the stage side into the audio realm. So in those cases, you are dispensing with all of the basic conventions that come out of novels, short stories, and you're starting with more stage and cinema conventions and moving I. There's some overlap in between. But those are… That's kind of your basic range.
[Dan] Yeah. These are not necessarily very clean-cut categories. There is a lot of play in between them. But, for example, if you go and listen to I Am Not a Serial Killer, that is a narrator reading the book. He will read everything, he will read the dialogue, he will read the narration. He will change his voice now and then when he's doing a different person's part. But it is one person reading it. Listen to Zero G, and it has full cast and sound effects, and it has a narrator to say the inner parts. To describe sometimes how the main character is feeling, what a location looks like. Which is similar to that audiobook, but changed a little bit. Then, something like Dark One: Forgotten, there is nobody just saying inner thoughts out loud, there is nobody describing the setting. It is all right there on the page, much more like a classic script would be for radio or TV.
[Erin] What's interesting with Dark One: Forgotten, though, is that because it is in the style of a podcast, the narrator… Like, the characters in the world are directly addressing the audience. There's a part where it's like, "Oh, I'm not going to put this part in," or "Let me let you know what I'm going to do right here," or "I'm interviewing this person," where there letting you know what's happening from moment to moment, almost like a narrator, but within the world. Which I find like a really interesting way of like mashing things up. One of the things that I do for Zombies Run is I've both written the script part where they're just like, "Runner! You need to go over here. Somebody's attacking you. A zombie's behind you." Which is, there's no narrator really, they're just talking to you like you're somebody that they're talking to over a headset. But I also write in-world radio for Zombies Run, where somebody is actually doing a radio show within the world, and similarly, they are addressing the audience, but it is a fake audience that we've fictionalized for the sake of the Zombies Run universe. It's fun. Each one is a slightly different technique.
 
[Dan] Yeah. That's so cool. So, one of the questions that I want to get to in this episode, and I'll just throw it at you, Erin, is what do those different styles do for you? Why would you choose one over the other, aside from the constraints of the medium that you're working in? When does having a narrator really help you, and when do you prefer to dispense with the narrator altogether?
[Erin] I can't remember if we said this in a podcast or just while talking, but at some point we were talking about showing versus telling and how that changes the pace. When you have a narrator, it's a more telling media. You're being told what's going on. So it is a little bit slightly different paced than when you're… Let me rephrase. When you're… When you have a narrator, it makes you feel, I think, more like you're listening to a story. So it feels like you're around a fireside, and, weirdly, unlike in prose, that actually slows down the pace, I believe. It feels like, okay, we're just gathered around and I'm going to tell you what I am doing. When you don't have a narrator, you're within the story yourself. You feel like you are a part of the story, I think, more. For that reason, it feels faster paced in the tension is higher.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. I think of it as immersion versus distance. So the more present a narrator is, usually the more distant you are, because you have someone who is describing the things to you, but you are not participating in the scene. Whereas when the action is happening around you, you are in fact participating in the scene, because you are at least directly hearing what is happening. So you are a direct witness in that case. So, in puppet theater, we use show, don't tell, for very different reasons, because you are literally doing a puppet show, not a puppet tell. There, what I'm thinking about, is that immersion. It's like, the example that I use is I could say, "There's a clock on the wall." Or, I could have someone say, "Oh, looks like it's 9:05 now." One of them has you deeper into the world. So, for me, I think about it in terms of immersion versus distance on whether or not I'm going to use an active narrator. The other thing is that sometimes that narrator is the most efficient way to change a scene.
[Dan] Yes. I really like that way of thinking about it, the immersion versus distance. I found several times adapting Zero G from the prose that I wrote into more of a script format that there were so many times when I was describing how Zero felt or what he was looking at and I realized, "Oh, I'm gonna have someone reading this. I can just make this dialogue instead." That happens so often. Really, that's what was going on. There were moments when it needed to be a narrator doing it, and there are moments when it felt so much better and so much more natural to have the character themselves say it.
[Mary Robinette] One of the things that I find when I'm writing for… Erin, I don't know if you find this too, but when I'm writing for… Knowing that there's going to be an actor on the other end, is that I can have my written dialogue be more ambiguous, because I can put a note to them and then trust them to do the thing. Like, having a character on the page say, "What!" Like, I can't do that without adding a lot of context around it, extreme numbers of punctuation marks, in order to get that "what!" As opposed to "what." Those are two different things. An actor, I can trust, usually, to do that. On the other hand, if there is a possible way to misinterpret a line, an actor will find it.
[Chuckles]
[Dan] I think it was Margaret Dunlap, and I apologize if I've misremembered who it was. But she was telling me about a videogame that she had been writing dialogue for. For one particular dialogue tree, she had to come up with five or six options that were all different. Basically, she used the word what, then with some script notes to say, said in this tone of voice for all five.
[Laughter]
[Howard] Yeah. That was Margaret.
[Dan] That was Margaret. Which I thought was so brilliant.
[Howard] Got paid for writing the same words six times.
[Mary Robinette] Yep.
[DongWon] Amazing.
 
[Howard] Yeah. One of the things that I wanted to point out is that just from our episode title, to narrator or not to narrator, you may be thinking of white room stories, like They're Made of Meat is the classic example. Where there is no description, is just dialogue. We call it white room because you have no description of what's going on. All of your cues come from what is in the dialogue. If you take a white room story and move it into the audio realm, suddenly the fact that there are two different actors, two different voice actors doing the voices, gives you more information. If you add sound design in the background, the sound of a café or the sound of science-fiction space, which shouldn't make any noise, but for some reason always does, you can create something that makes it no longer white room, but the energy… And, for me, as a writer of comedic pithy tight dialogue, the energy remains there. You don't need the dialogue tags that you often have to resort to to say who's speaking. So I love what an audio drama affords you, which is the ability to do that fast banter and keep all those pieces there so that the energy doesn't get slowed down by a narrator explaining to you what they're doing.
[Erin] I will say, on the other hand, the challenges that physical description when you don't have a narrator means that you need to be sometimes coming up with reasons that, in dialogue, your characters will be saying where they are when they're both there and they know that they're there.
[Laughter]
[Erin] You know what I mean? Right. We all know we're in this room, but like, wow, this chair's comfortable. It's a little bit more of those like location aware…
[DongWon] Isn't this coffee shop so nice?
[Erin] Dialogue lines. Exactly. Like, "This coffee shop? I never liked that one." Whatever it is. Like… I think that that's really fun to figure out how to make it work. It's like the same challenge people have with info dumping in that you want to make it seem like really natural to the scene that your writing without fully disrupting what's happening between the characters.
[Mary Robinette] Yes. I want to talk about that more when we come back from the break.
 
[Mary Robinette] Everyone, we want to introduce you to our new producer, Emma Reynolds, and Emma is going to tell you about our thing of the week.
[Emma] The thing of the week is the Earbug Podcast Collective which is a weekly newsletter that is sent out. It is coordinated by one of my friends and mentors in the audio serial area whose amazing. But it is curated by a different person each week. It's just a great way to get your hands-on, or I suppose your ears-on all of the different audio content that is out there for inspiration for you.
 
[Dan] All right. So, we're back. I want to talk more about this white room concept. In particular, I… One thing I said at the beginning of this year, because I've been doing so much audio and now getting back into more traditional novels, is that I had initially kind of fallen off the wagon and forgotten how to write scene descriptions. So the first draft of the actual Dark One novel that I turned in was basically people talking to each other as if they were in an audio drama.
[Chuckles]
[Dan] No one was moving around doing actions, there was no description in between the lines of dialogue to break up what was happening. There was very little scenic description of where they were. That's because my brain had gotten so embedded into this audio space, where that kind of stuff wasn't a part of the script. That really kind of hit home for me the differences that arise when you start breaking these formats, when you start jumping from one to another. Because there are things you can do in one that work really well, but don't work at all when you do them in a different format.
[Mary Robinette] One of the things that I enjoy playing with is… That comes out of audio drama, is using this idea that Erin was talking about before hand, of the interaction with the world to describe what is going on through dialogue. So, in The Spare Man, I don't describe actually that much of what Gimlet, the little dog, does. Frequently, the way I am keeping her alive in the scene is through dialogue. That she's… Like… When someone is having a conversation, it's like, "Is this dog allowed to have people food?" That tells you everything that's going on. But part of what that does for me is that it creates space for the audience. I think any time that you have the narrator they're describing things in a linear way, that removes some of the audience space to imagine the world. One of the things that I think is fun is thinking about deliberately creating that space for the audience. When you're coming back to prose or when you're in the audio realm, is thinking where do I want to allow and encourage the audience to do some lift for me, because that is going to make the story more immediate for them, because it's going to be… They're going to be active participants in this story.
[DongWon] I really love that idea. Sort of pairing that with what Erin was talking about in terms of show, don't tell, one of the things about balancing the showing and the telling is about trust. Right? When you make space for the audience, what you're also doing is saying I'm trusting you to fill that space. I'm trusting you to meet me over there. Right? So making sure that that on-ramp is very easy for them, it's a very easy path for them to follow to meet you where you are, I think is really important and one of the key skills in that. So you can have that little moment of here's what Gimlet is doing and that's filled in, backfilled by us when we hear that, and we then fill in what the dog has been doing for the last like 30 seconds. It's such a delightful way for you as the creator to take a moment and say, "I see you, audience, and you are participating in this story too, and this is a thing we collaborate on." I think that's a beautiful thing that audio drama can do in a way that prose fiction can do, but it's not as natural of a fit. So I love hearing ways that you pull that in.
[Howard] There's a technical tool… Technical? A way of thinking about the absence of the narrator that I find it really useful. In the Dark One: Forgotten, when she says, "I'm recording this in my dorm room." We don't get much of a description, really, any description of the dorm room. It's assumed that all of us have in our head a picture of a dorm room. If, at any point in that story, there'd been action in the dorm room where Sophie and… The name of the main character is…
[Dan] Christina.
[Howard] Christina. Where Sophie and Christina decide to go out the back door… I've never been in a dorm that had a backdoor. But if that's a piece of blocking that you're planning on having in your story, you have to do a little more than just the shorthand when you give us that description. You have to do just a little bit more lifting so that the blocking that happens later works. I describe this as a technical tool. It's something that you have to keep in mind so that you know which pieces you can just let the audience imagine on their own and which pieces you have to specify.
[Dan] Yeah. I think it's important that we kind of draw a line on this. The title of this episode is To Narrator or Not to Narrator. I don't want you to think that that is… That that is a decision that has to be made from project to project. It can be made scene to scene, or even sentence to sentence. There are times within a completely normal traditional novel where you might decide to pull that narrator way back and let dialogue or action do the lifting rather than having the narrator. There are times even in an audio thing where you might want to have a narrator step in and do more.
[DongWon] One thing I do want to bring up, though. If you are making the decision of do I want to do this as a traditional prose project or single voice narrated audiobook versus a full cast production, from the business side, there's an important decision that you will be making there, which is that the right situation is very different for an audiobook versus a full cast production. When you start getting into the full production, you are now walking into dramatization territory, which is what film and TV producers will want if they're going to adapt your work. So, one thing to keep in mind is if somebody shows up and says, "We want to do a full cast production." That's a totally exciting cool thing to do. Be intentional about what you're doing and realizing that if you give up those rights, that may interfere with your ability to do a film or TV adaptation down the line. Now, I know, in a lot of cases, it still works, just doing the thing because the thing that's in front of you and it's exciting. But it's one of the things I want to make sure is clear as were talking about this, that these are different from audiobooks, not just in craft and practice, but in a business sense, you're making a different choice by participating in that or not. There's some blurry space in there. If you have like two or three narrators, I don't remember exactly the distinction, but there's sort of three categories in there. So there's some difference.
[Mary Robinette] It's…
[DongWon] You probably know this better than I do, actually.
[Mary Robinette] One of the big demarkers is whether or not you have changed it from the original form. So, you can have a full cast with almost… I'm not sure if there's a cap on the number of char… Of narrators that can be in there, as long as you don't change any of the words.
[DongWon] Okay.
[Dan] With Zero G, they did full cast audio, but we retained film rights. I don't know exactly how Sarah worked that out, but we worked that out.
[DongWon] It is possible to do it.
[Mary Robinette] You just have to…
 
[Howard] As an aside, this is one of those cases, fair listener, where having an agent…
[Laughter]
[Howard] Is very helpful. Because they can look up these exact questions for you so you don't have to.
[Dan] Solve the problems for you.
[DongWon] This is kind of an edge case. Right? You can tell from the way I'm talking about it I don't have this immediately to mind as… This is not something I've dealt with a bunch. It's a thing I've dealt with once or twice. So there's a conversation to be had in these gray areas. There's blurriness, there's ways to negotiate it.
[Mary Robinette] It's true, actually, that my definition on that may also be linked to whether or not it is narration versus acting.
[DongWon] Right.
[Mary Robinette] As far as the union is concerned.
[Dan] Yeah. That's a good [garbled distinction?]
[DongWon] Exactly.
[Dan] Too.
[DongWon] Right. Then the union starts to come in, that's a whole nother set of questions that need to be answered as you do it. So, anyways…
[Laughter]
[DongWon] Here's a few things that the decision of narrator or not to narrator is a craft one. It is also a business one. Make sure you're talking to your publishing team if you have one. Make sure you're being intentional about the choices that you're making, as you go into those choices.
[Erin] It can also be an experimental one. Which is to say that you can also just see what happens if you take something that you've written just as a regular narrator full prose, and what would happen if you took the narrator out or tried it in an audio format, and see what you learn. Because one thing that I think you learn a lot about in audio is which details you're going to want to have your narrator or your characters mention. Because, there, I think, is a limit, especially in a more fully acted production, to how much people want to listen to a narrator before they're like, "Get back to the drama."
[Chuckles]
[Erin] So you learn like maybe this longer passage that I might be able to put on the page is going to come off much differently, like, when I'm listening to it, especially if it's not in audiobook format listening, but more of a full cast.
[Dan] Yeah. One of the elements that gives me fits when I'm trying to write these pure audio dramas, for example, with the Moon Breaker videogame, is fight scenes. Doing those in something that has no narrator gets so hard. You can actually go and listen to the Moon Breaker episodes and see me doing these kinds of experiments that Erin's talking about, saying, "Well, what happens if I just do a straight fight scene and say, okay, Foley guy, lots of laser noises for like 20 seconds and then the story will keep going." Then other episodes are much more intentional, like, I'm going to block this entire thing out so that I know exactly what's happening, and the only things that are going to happen in the fight scene are ones that I think we can depict with clarity with pure audio and no narration. It is very hard to make a fight scene intelligible without a narrator describing what is happening and no visuals to let you see it.
[Howard] I'm just reminded of the time when Mike Magnola on a panel said, "Oh, yeah. I really trust this artist. In one of the scripts I said hell boy fights an army of skeletons for six pages."
[Laughter] [Oh, boy. Wow.]
[Erin] I think this comes back to why I think narrator or not is such a cool tool, because I was thinking about this fight scene. I'm like, if you want your audience member to feel like, oh my gosh, I'm in the middle of the battle, I don't know what is happening, attacks are coming from everywhere, then having no narrator is great because you're in that feeling of, like, I'm just hearing swords and screaming and dying. But if you want them to actually be able to figure out who stabbed who with the whatchamacallit, then maybe you need the narrator, because the point is for them to understand it, not to sort of just be absorbed by it.
[Dan] Yeah. Those are… That can become a really valuable tool if you think of it in those ways. Like, what am I gonna use this lack of narrator to produce a specific effect, rather than just, oh, boy, I don't have a narrator. This is going to suck.
[DongWon] You use that to great effect in Dark One: Forgotten. Right? So, at the end, when she is captured by the serial killer, we don't exactly know what happens to her. We know that she experiences some stuff that's pretty bad, and she has to go to the hospital afterwards. It's unclear what he has done to her, what injuries she has sustained. I think letting my brain fill that in is more horrifying then if you'd described, oh, he hit her. She fell down the stairs. Whatever it is. Right? It becomes a very upsetting sequence of events that was very tense and difficult to listen to, in a good way. I think by me having to fill in those details…
[Mary Robinette] Making space for the audience.
[Dan] I am very glad that it had that effect on you. When I wrote that scene, this was back when I was still on Twitter, and I got on and said, "I just wrote a scene so brutal, Brandon Sanderson will regret ever collaborating with me." It… We had to tone it down a little, but… Yeah. That…
[DongWon] That's how it came through. I was like, "I am in a horror movie right now." You know what I mean? But that's the intended effect, I think. That's what you were trying to produce. Forcing me to produce all the worst horror movies I've ever seen in my brain, I think, was a great shortcut for you to get the effect that you wanted.
[Erin] Almost makes you complicit in the violence itself.
[DongWon] Yes. Thanks for making me feel worse about it.
[Giggles]
[Howard] I think that Dan Wells being complicit is a note to end on. Almost.
[Laughter]
 
[Mary Robinette] So, now it's time for your homework. I want you to do something which is actually the way I started writing prose. I want you to take something that you've already written and I want you to adapt it for audio. When I started writing, I tried going straight to script and it was a disaster. So I started writing a short story, and then converting it into audio. Because I wanted to write audio. You, my friends, are going to take something you've already written. As Erin suggested, you're going to be stripping out narration, you're going to be figuring out what sound effects are. Try to convert it for audio.
 
[Mary Robinette] In the next episode of Writing Excuses, we explore writing as an act of hospitality and reader agency. Until then, you're out of excuses. Now go write.
 
mbarker: (Burp)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 18.19: What is Publishing For, Anyway?
 
 
Key points: Why publish? For the money? For the audience? For fame and glory? Because writing is a habit, and publishing helps pay for it? Because publishing let's you put your energy into your own ideas? Publishers want to make money. Publishing is market-driven. To engage with publishers, focus on the question of who's the audience, and how big is that audience.
 
[Mary Robinette] This is Writing Excuses.
[DongWon] What is Publishing for, Anyway?
[Erin] 15 minutes long.
[Dan] Because you're in a hurry.
[Howard] And we're not that smart.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary Robinette.
[DongWon] I'm DongWon.
[Erin] I'm Erin.
[Dan] I'm Dan.
[Howard] I'm Howard.
 
[DongWon] So, this is a big topic. I think this kind of comes out of one of the newsletters I wrote that I called The Publishing Question. It was me trying to encapsulate a little bit what I think the fundamental question of publishing is, which kind of led me to further questions of why do this. Right? You write books, you tell stories. What is the purpose of engaging in publishing as an industry, as an enterprise? Why go through all of this complication and frustration to get your book out in the world? I mean, the short and obvious answer is, well, then you get paid for it, and you can make a living doing it.
[Chuckles]
[Dan] Yeah.
[DongWon] There's a certain appeal to that. But one thing I want us to think about a little bit is understanding what the publishing industry does, how it does it, and why it does it.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. I think that this is a question that I asked students a lot, is, like, why do you want to publish? Which is different than why do you want to write. I think that you have to know that it's like if you want it for audience, if you're doing it for money. If you're doing it for fame and glory? Why do you want to publish? Because there's a lot of different paths to publishing. If you want to be somebody who regularly hits the New York Times bestseller, then you're not somebody who writes a book every 10 years. Usually. With a couple of notable exceptions.
[Chuckles coughing]
[Mary Robinette] So, like, why are… What career path do you want that publishing to look like. It's a lot of why in that.
[Howard] Many years ago, my friend David Kellett, talking about cartooning, said, "None of us get into cartooning to be rich. We get into it because we'd be drawing the comics anyway, and this is a nice way to be able to do it all the time." I love that spin on it, and it totally applies to being a full-time author. We attach ourselves to the publishing industry because it is a way to pay for our habit.
[Laughter]
[Dan] Well, as someone who has done a lot of freelance and write-for-hire… I've written in virtually every medium that you can name. I keep coming back to the publishing industry itself because I have so much more hands-on control of what stories I am telling. I've written for TV, I've written for games, I've written for movies, I've written for all this other stuff. Most of that is putting my energy into somebody else's ideas. Publishing is the one where I really get to sink my energy into my own ideas. Which is just really fun.
 
[DongWon] Absolutely. Yeah, it's funny, that's actually kind of… My first job out of college was working in television production for a news program, actually. What brought me to working in books was… It was a smaller team. It was three people, four people. So I could get closer to the art, I could get closer to the process and work with the creator very directly. I think that is one of the appealing things about the process. It's important to remember that publishing… I will talk about publishing in a way that will sound almost cynical. Right? Because publishing is a business. It's a capitalist enterprise. It's a corporation. It's important to remember that the only reason a publisher exists, under that logic, is to make money. Right? That profit is what drives them. There are a few exceptions. There are a few nonprofit presses out there that do incredible work. There's a few academic presses. They are subject to some money demands, but not in the same way that a big five publisher is. But, [garbled] big five publishing, Indy presses, most of those things, money is king, unfortunately. Because that's the world we live in. When art and capitalism collide, it can be an awkward fit. There can be a lot of churn in that. So I think that figuring out what publishing is trying to accomplish, and what it's building for, and what its tools are for, are important to building a sustainable career for yourself and figuring out what it is you want to get out of this. Right? So, in Howard's case, that is very much a I want to be able to keep doing this. Right? I want to be able to spend all of my time creating the art that I love. Publishing is a way to do that. Right? I think comics, in particular, led to a very direct audience self-publishing model through web comics in a particular era. When you're looking at traditional book publishers, that gets a little bit more attenuated because of the time involved.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. Although I will say that if you are wanting to do this simply so that you have more time to write the things that you want to write, getting an extremely high paying job where you only have to work one day of the week, and then publishing to AO3 is actually going to give you more time to write.
[DongWon] Absolutely.
[Chuckles]
[Mary Robinette] In a lot of ways. Because much of what the career in publishing is, is all of the other stuff which we've been talking about, like newsletters and conference appearances and all of that. But I think everybody who goes into publishing, like, even the editors… The editors who seem all high-powered and fancy… They don't make a lot of money. People go into this because we love stories and we love connecting to people.
 
[DongWon] Yeah. Passion driven industries are tricky, because they are driven by the fact that I love books, I love stories, I love the books that I work on. I also need to pay rent and pay for groceries and do all of those things. As an agent, my income is very directly tied to book sales and to my authors success. Right? So, I need to be publishing and representing authors who are selling enough books that they could make a living, and I could make a living. Right? Those are just things that are the base requirements of what I do. If you are an editor, you can't just acquire what you love, you also have to acquire things that have commercial potential of success. Now. Figuring out what has commercial potential of success is its own sort of very complicated game to do, but it's a thing to keep in mind, that even on the other side of the line, from the industry side, even though we are driven by our love for this and our passion for this, we're also facing certain realities of the market. Right? Of sales that need to be answered to in one way or the other.
[Howard] When I was in the software industry, we called one aspect of that job inbound marketing. Which was the process of looking at what the market is consuming right now, and then going back to our team and saying, "Can we build that?" When authors do it, and we often counsel against this… "Oh, you're just chasing the market. By the time you write that, it won't be ready." But as I understand it, editors do this all the time. Where their market research people come to them and say, "You know what? We need to get books that look like this. Can you go get books that look like this?" As an author, I have no idea how I would get inside that loop so that I give them the book that they're exactly looking for.
[Chuckles]
[Howard] But that's a thing to be aware of. It's a thing that happens.
[Mary Robinette] Time machine.
[DongWon] Exactly. Time machine. That's how you do it.
[Dan] You're not using a time machine, Howard?
[Howard] I've been using… No, I've been using it wrong. I've just been using it… I've been using it to make sure the eggs are fresh. That was silly.
[Dan] Well. There you go.
[Dongwon] If you use all your time machine time to go look at dinosaurs, you can't expect to get a bestseller.
 
[Dan] Okay. So, DongWon, I want to ask this. I want to turn this back to you. Because you asked this question of what is publishing for, and we kind of gave our answers. You're coming at this from a completely different perspective than us. You're not the one who is writing the stories, you're not the one who is putting your own vision out there. What is publishing for from your perspective? Why are you as passionate about it is we are?
[Dongwon] I… There's sort of two answers to that. I mean, one is it is my career. Right? It has been my entire adult life. So I'm trying to make a living and I would like to be rich and successful, etc., etc. I mean, the other side of it is, I do think telling stories is very important. I do think it is sort of how we change the world over time, is we make a better world by imagining better futures. Right? So if we can tell the right kind of stories, then, I think, we can really have an influence over, at a generational scale, the world. Now figuring out a way to make those two things dovetail is the real challenge. I heard a quote recently that was from a podcast, Brendan Lee Mulligan said something like, "Maybe that's what peace is, is when you realize that the thing you have to do in the thing that you love to do are the same thing." I think, for me, working in publishing is very much that. So I'm both greedy and want all the bucks and all the big bestsellers, but I'm also very mission driven in addition to passion driven. Right? All these things kind of dovetail for me into one thing that has a cohesive core. Yeah. So I think that is kind of the thing that really is the engine that keeps me doing this, keeps me pushing through a lot of the heartbreak that this business involves. I want to get a little bit more into some of the nitty-gritty's of what that means on a day-to-day basis, but before we do that, let's take a break.
 
[DongWon] So, the thing of the week this week is another newsletter. A newsletter that is from a very dear friend of mine and a colleague of mine, Kate McKean. She is also a literary agent at the same agency that I'm at, the Howard Morhaim Literary Agency. Kate and I started our newsletters the same week, the first week of 2019. We had not talked to each other. We did not coordinate this. We just both started sending newsletters out about what we were doing, coincidentally. It was such a delight to… For both of us to take our own perspectives, our own different methods, and start building an audience. Kate's newsletter is truly wonderful. Unlike me, she publishes on a very regular schedule, twice a week. Has much more grounded and practical advice, and really thoughtful perspectives that comes from her many, many years in the business as well. I cannot recommend Kate's newsletter highly enough. You can find it at katemckean.substack.com. It is called Agents and Books. Or you can just follow her on Twitter. Again, that's Kate McKean's Agents and Books.
 
[DongWon] So, one thing I also want to talk about, in addition to sort of like my passions in the industry… The reason I love working in publishing as a business… You won't find a lot of people who say that they love publishing as a business model. But I genuinely do. I love it because it's kind of stupid.
[Ha ha]
[DongWon] What I mean by that is it's a business model that has not fundamentally changed in hundreds of years. What you do is you print a book and you hope that that cost less money to do than the revenue you make from selling it to people. Right? We make physical objects. We ship them around the world. Then we collect revenue from people who want those. Most profit in publishing still comes from selling physical books in stores. Publishing is as much a manufacturing and distribution business as it is a content business. Right? That's why publishing has been so resistant to startups, to disruptors, to all these different things. Because it's kind of too stupid to mess with on some level. That gives me so much joy and so much hope for a future for publishing. Which I know sounds backwards. What I am saying is that the future for publishing is kind of backward looking. I think it's truly a wonderful thing that I find a lot of interest and joy in figuring out how to survive in that.
[Howard] I think during season one of Writing Excuses, and it took me a few minutes to look this up during our break, Mike Stackpole described publishing… The whole point of publishing was to make money by shipping cheap bundles of paper all over the world and tricking people into buying it by getting people's stories printed in it and only paying those people tiny little amounts of royalties to ensure that you're being paid as much as possible for shipping this paper around. It was such an incredibly cynical point of view. Then I read David Hajdu's The Ten Cent Plague talking about the birth of comics and learned…
[DongWon] Low-grade books.
[Howard] That the comics page existed because it was a way to sell surplus paper. They had surplus paper and a way to print color on it and they wanted to make money. So they got kids to draw… I say kids. The guys who created Superman were like 20 years old. So, at that very cynical vein, publishing exists and has existed for 100 years or more in order to sell paper by putting your story on it.
[DongWon] After three years of the paper shortage, boy, do I wish we had that surplus stock now.
[Chuckles]
 
[Mary Robinette] So, I have this series of thoughts that is colliding in my head. The first of those is we have been talking about novels.
[DongWon] Yup.
[Mary Robinette] There is also the whole short story publishing industry. That has moved almost exclusively online. There's very few… Like, most of the short fiction is electronic these days. Except for the things that come out as novellas, as beautiful artifacts. The whole idea of the cheap bundle of paper… I think that is a fundamental shift that we've seen, is that now people really want the artifact, that you are seeing the cheap versions… That these are being replaced by other things. I'm curious about what your thoughts are about how that's shifting.
[DongWon] Stackpole was talking about a different era of publishing.
[Howard] Yup.
[DongWon] That was the mass-market era of publishing. That era died, unfortunately, in like the early… In the 2000s, the oughts. That was sort of my start in publishing, was watching the mass-market, which is the thing I grew up on and deeply loved and will miss every day, get phased out of existence. Basically. By the way, I'm making lots of big broad generalizing statements…
[Chuckles]
[DongWon] I fully recognize that. Please don't ask me on Twitter about all…
[Howard] These are the broadbrush. We're getting paint everywhere.
[DongWon] These are broad brushed. I did state my publishing is stupid thing somewhat provocatively. Obviously, I'm aware of these things. Caveat there. But basically, so I think we moved away from the cheap bundles of paper to expensive bundles of paper.
[Mary Robinette] Okay.
[DongWon] I think the goal… I mean, we've seen the individual cost of books go up two fold, threefold, fourfold over the course of my career in publishing. Right? Most of our money's now coming from hardcovers. We aren't shipping 100,000 mass-market's of a debut novel anymore. We're shipping 10,000, 15,000 hardcovers. Right? Profit is still going up. Publishers are making more money. Publishers are quite healthy, financially. In general, when they're not losing lots of money trying to buy other publishers. In general, though, the business has been doing quite well, and that business is doing well primarily on the back of print. That has really been focused on high quality, beautifully editions. We've seen all these special editions that Barnes & Noble is doing, Waterstone's is doing. All the book crates. People are investing very deeply in books as objects. Which is very delightful to me in many ways because I love a beautiful book. But there is also the part of me that has seen the readership contract because of that. As the price points go up, you have fewer readers. There are some concerns I have about that as well. So it's a balancing act. When I say the business hasn't changed, I mean, fundamentally, we're still printing books and making money from selling physical goods. But how we sell it, who we sell it to, what genres we emphasize, those do evolve and shift over time. We are kind of going to an older model, pre-pulp fiction, pre-penny dreadful, sort of into this more like elevated bigger book kind of mode. I think we can see that in the kind of books that are succeeding. Even what's winning awards, what's on bestseller lists. There's been a subtle shift. Not that commercial fiction isn't still incredibly viable. It obviously is. But I think undeniably, especially in SF F space, there's been a little bit of a shift in what traditional publishers are looking for and finding a success in.
 
[Erin] This leads me to a question, which is perhaps a very silly one, but, if I am a writer, how much should I care about that part of the business? Like, how much should I be watching these shifts and trying to catch them, as we were talking about earlier? How much should I, like, is it good to know publishing is a business for my own peace of mind, so that when, like, they reject my book…
[Chuckles]
[Erin] I can be like, "Well, it's just a business decision." How much should I care about it and try to work with that business?
[Howard] Did I go into anything for peace of mind? No.
[Laughter]
[Howard] No, I went for the roller coaster.
[DongWon] Absolutely. I think it's a fantastic question. Right? Sometimes I talk about this stuff and I'm like, "Is this helping anybody?" I think that is kind of the core of that question, is what do I want writers to do with that information. A little bit of it is peace of mind. A little bit of it is understanding that when your publisher is making a decision, it might look insane to you. There are reasons why it's happening. Right? There are logic behind it. It may be bad logic. You may not like that logic. It may be bad for you in particular. But, one thing I want to emphasize is that publishers are rational creatures. Given certain definitions of insanity which is capitalism. Right? But they are making their choices based on a certain kind of logic. I often don't like the logic. Right? I think that helps, as a baseline of understanding. I think the more practical thing is understanding that publishing is really trying to answer one single question, which is how many copies of this book can we sell? And who can we sell it to? Right? The way they answer the question of how many can we sell is by saying this is the audience. Right? This is why comp titles are so important, because this is the language in which publishers use to talk about how big the audience is. But, anytime they're acquiring a book, putting marketing dollars behind a book, printing a book, publicity decisions, all these things derive from the fundamental question of we think this book will sell N copies. Right? A success is when it sells a multiple of N. A failure is when it sells less than N. Right? That's… The whole business can be boiled down to that. Right? So, for you, as you're approaching the industry, the thing that I think you need to start thinking about as a writer is who's my audience, really, and how big is that audience. I don't think that's something you should think of when you're deciding what novel to write or when you're writing your first draft. But once that novel exists and you're getting ready to pitch it to publishers, I think taking a step back and really thinking about who is my audience, how big is that audience. Right? Is it five people who like this one very tiny subgenre? Or is it applicable to the biggest audience in whatever genre you're in? I think those are questions you want to think about and make sure you have good answers for them, and a way to frame your book as you're, like, pitching it to publishers, to agents, so that it looks like it's going to hit the biggest audience as possible.
 
[Erin] Follow-up to that, like, what do you do if you feel like publishing doesn't value the audience that you think you'll reach the way that you do?
[DongWon] Oo, you're asking the big questions.
[Chuckles]
[DongWon] That's where it gets really tough. Right? I publish a kind of fiction that I believe that audience exists, and is an underserved, underutilized audience in publishing's mind. By that I mean, mostly, like marginalized audiences. So convincing publishers that that audience exists and we know how to get to them is the real challenge. Right? Sometimes, if it… Publishers want to follow existing success because that's where the safe money is. Even though that means that there is potential for more audience if we go in a different direction. Right? So it's a balancing act. Right? It's how do you find a way to make your thing look enough like another thing while still getting to the new thing. I don't think that was a very clear way to do that, but…
[Chuckles]
[DongWon] It's… You almost need to like disguise what your book is, like hiding a pill in cheese for a dog, in some ways.
[Chuckles]
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. This is a thing that we had to do with… So, puppet theater, we run into this all the time, that everyone… You say puppet theater and people think it's for kids. When you're doing serious adult drama with puppets, and you say I'm doing adult puppetry, everyone's minds go someplace that is not where you actually are. So what we learn to do was to pair it with someone. It is… I'm doing a retelling of Hamlet incorporating puppets, Disney, and stage theater. You say I'm incorporating things, and then… It's the strange and the familiar.
[DongWon] Exactly.
[Mary Robinette] You package it with something that they are familiar with, so that they're like, "Oh, I like this. Oo, and you've got this other spicy thing."
[Howard] The other thing to look at, and this is as difficult as finding the right piece of cheese to put that pill in so that the dog will eat it. But, I like this one more. Find allies who share your vision, and who are in a position to connect you with more people who share that vision. Because ultimately, if there's a demographic that's not being served by publishing, you're unlikely to solve the problem without someone in publishing deliberately pivoting and aiming at that demographic.
[DongWon] Exactly. So building a cohort is a great way to do that.
[Howard] Building a cohort.
[DongWon] Finding a group of writers who do kind of the same thing that you do. That's a way to convince publishers. Publishers are very easy. This is why it's important to understand the publisher business and they have this logic. Is, once you understand the fundamental logic of what they're looking for, then you can start… I don't know, manipulating them. Right? Like…
[Laughter]
[Mary Robinette] But this is where the short story market comes in. Because it's an opportunity for… That we were seeing that happen a lot with short fiction, that the stories that were winning in short fiction were shifting the demographic. Then people were like, "Oh. Let's give that person a platform with their book." There is a… It is not the fast movement we'd like to see, but that's one of the places where we will see people starting to experiment.
[DongWon] Exactly. So I think finding those experimental markets, and then using that to build into the more traditional markets… It's why change is so slow in publishing. It takes a long time to publish a book, it takes a long time to move publishers off of a certain logic. Change does happen, but it is incremental and it is painfully slow sometimes.
[Dan] This is reminding me so much of the conversation around energy and renewable resources. People realized decades ago you can't convince an energy company to switch everything from coal towards solar purely out of the goodness of their hearts. Because, like we've been saying about publishing, they're a business. They're in this to make money. So the goal then became we're going to make it so cheap that it just makes more business sense to use solar. We've already seen that in Europe. They passed that point this year or last year, where it is literally cheaper to produce solar power than through any other means right now in Europe. So that kind of goal of greener energy, renewable energy, has been accomplished through business means. It just takes a long time and you have to approach it with that right mindset.
 
[DongWon] Exactly. So, with that in mind, I have a little bit of homework for all of you. I want you to start thinking about… Take a look at your work in progress and think about who your audience is. Think about what comp titles there are. Think about how you want to… If you had to sit down with an agent, with an editor, with a publisher to try and convince them that there's a market for your book, how would you start doing that? So make a list of your 3 to 5 titles that your book is like, and here's the audience for that book. Then, you'll be set up at least to start thinking about how to turn your book into a commercial success.
[Mary Robinette] In the next episode of Writing Excuses, we help you figure out if working in publishing is right for you, and, Erin explains why you should take a bath after you receive a rejection letter. Until then, you're out of excuses. Now go write.
 
mbarker: (BrainUnderRepair)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 18.18: Launching an Author Newsletter 
 
 
Key Points: Two kinds of newsletters, content newsletters and marketing newsletters. Content or announcements? One newsletter or many? One channel is probably best. What are you passionate about? How often can you do it? Don't overcommit! Look at platforms, MailChimp and others. Consider an assistant! Collect addresses. 
 
[Season 18, Episode 18]
 
[Mary Robinette] This is Writing Excuses.
[DongWon] Launching an Author Newsletter.
[Erin] 15 minutes long.
[Dan] Because you're in a hurry.
[Howard] And we're not that smart.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary Robinette.
[DongWon] I'm DongWon.
[Erin] I'm Erin.
[Dan] I'm Dan.
[Howard] And I'm Howard.
 
[DongWon] So, this week we wanted to talk about creating your own newsletter. One thing that I wanted to distinguish up front is that, in my view, there are two distinct types of newsletters that exist in the world. I think a lot of the confusion that people have, and a lot of the trepidation people have, comes from confusing which one is which. So, the newsletter that I do, Publishing Is Hard, is what I would call a content newsletter. It is a thing that I create and send out on a regular basis that are essays, whatever missives, what we would have once called a blog. The other type of newsletter is a marketing newsletter. This is for announcements. It's not a place where you write an essay about what you think about craft, what you think about writing. It's a place where you tell people, "I have a book coming out. Preorder it. I have an event coming up. Buy tickets. Here's my new cover." Whatever it is. Right? So keeping those two things distinct in your brain, I think, is the first step to really understanding a strong newsletter strategy. So that's sort of like the overall framework I wanted to launch this conversation with. There are reasons to have both. The basic difference is, I think, every single person who is doing a thing on the Internet where they want people to buy stuff should have a marketing newsletter. Should just have one. If you have… Launching a content newsletter is a more deliberate thing and takes a lot of work and thought as to what it is you want to be doing with it. But if you want to be an author, if you want to have published books, please, please, please make a newsletter. We're going to talk a little bit more about why and how to do that.
[Mary Robinette] I was very resistant to doing a newsletter for a long time, because all of the newsletters that I heard people talk about were the content newsletters. I was like, "Oh, that's very exhausting." Even though I had blogged daily for years. It just… It felt different. Then I was also resistant to doing a marketing newsletter because I'm like, "Who's going to read that? It's just going to go in and say by my things. It's just going to be people putting me in spam folders." But I'm finding that actually having control of my audience is like really handy for not just the regular things, but also the surprise visits, the "Hey, I have a sudden giveaway I want to do." That it is a nice way to connect to people.
[DongWon] Yeah. I think one of the things we're finding as digital marketing develops over the last I don't know how many years since Al Gore invented the Internet is the only thing that we know works is email marketing. Right?
[Chuckles]
[DongWon] I think display ads, I think content marketing, all of those things can work in certain circumstances. They tend to be very, very expensive. Email, though, getting in people's inboxes, especially people that you know are interested in what you're providing because they signed up for your newsletter in the first place is just one of the most effective ways to activate people, to get them to go do the thing that you want them to do. So having a marketing newsletter, the reason I recommend it so highly, is it's direct access to your core audience, to your main supporters. It is… You can make an appeal to them that is like, "Hey, please do this thing." Now, the thing to remember with a marketing newsletter is that every time you send one, some percentage of the people are going to unsubscribe to that thing. Right? That's okay, that's part of the process. Right? You're going to lose people every time you send it. So, the thing about that, every time you pull the trigger on sending a marketing letter, is that I'm going to lose some people when I do this. Because it shows up in their inbox, they're like, "I don't remember signing up for this. I'm going to unsubscribe." It's fine. It's how people use the Internet. But you want to make sure when you are doing it as a result, you work doing it for a really intentional purpose.
 
[Erin] I have a question that is just for me. I am somebody who does a lot of things in different areas. I do some game writing, I do some short story writing, I do some teaching. If I'm creating, because I've yet to put together a newsletter, but I'm using this as the drive to do it, am I like… Should I be having three newsletters? Should I be having one that, like, has a lot of different types of content? Or will people get mad and unsubscribe more?
[DongWon] It's a tough balancing act, because you don't want to hit the marketing things too often. Right? If you're sending one every week when you have something dropping, people… You're going to lose a lot of your audience over time as people unsubscribe, because they're like, "These are too many emails." Right? So finding that balance is tricky. If you're a traditionally published author, it's not too bad, you're doing one or two or maybe three of these a year. Whatever. With the number of things you have coming out, I would advise, like, yeah, have one channel. I don't think segmenting your audience is going to be… I mean, it's just like way too much work for you and too much work for your audience, too, to figure out which newsletter they want to sign up for. I would just try instead and really think about how can I bundle these things together to make sure that I'm not touching them too often.
[Dan] Yeah. Which is kind of, sort of, what I do with mine. I call mine a water cooler newsletter. Based on something a friend of mine told me a while ago, which is, if you think of social media as a water cooler, that's a place where you go and you have interesting conversations with people. If someone shows up at the water cooler and all they ever talk about is how you can buy shirts in their store, you don't want to talk to that person or listen to what they say. So my newsletter is very much a marketing newsletter, and I send it out once a month, whether I've got a new launch or not. I need to tell people about my calendar, and what events I'm doing, and so on and so on. But I also make sure to include I'm going to recommend somebody else's book in every one. What is Dan reading right now? This. I am going to give you a quick update on what I am writing, in case you are interested. Like, I'm halfway through this book. So it is a tiny bit of content to help give you something interesting to read, and to recommend other people as well as just me. So that it's not purely, "Hey, go to my store and buy my merch."
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. That's why, like, mine will often have pictures of my cats and I have an automation set up so that on your birthday, I send you a short story, and every year it's a different short story. That… Remembering to change them is…
[Chuckles]
[Mary Robinette] Sorry for everyone who got the same short story twice this year.
[Chuckles]
[DongWon] I love that. I love having that little bit of a personal touch. Right? It can be automated, but still, it's like a thing that you receive. It's like, oh, here's a special thing from this creator I follow, who I'm a fan of. I think it's a great way to like get them more engaged with you in a more personal way.
 
[Howard] Coming back to answering Erin's question, what should you put in your newsletter. I would ask this first. What's a thing that you're interested in and would be willing to write about on a regular basis that might interest other people? That could be movies that you like to watch. That could be… It could be cooking. I mean, there… Any topic. Literally, any topic. Because when you're creating content, when you're creating a content newsletter, when you're creating something with hooks, something that grabs people and holds them, you have to be passionate about it first. If you're not passionate about it, it's going to be twice as hard to write about it. So that's the… For me, that would be the first question. The second question, then, is how often can I do it? How much… What else do I have to promote that I would roll into it? With DongWon's newsletter, it's about your passion for publishing. Which dovetails nicely with Writing Excuses, passion…
[Chuckles]
[Howard] For talking about writing.
[DongWon] Exactly. Yup.
[Chuckles]
[Dan] It's important when you're asking yourself these questions to remember that you're giving yourself an extra job. For the most part, you became an artist because you're excited about creating art, not excited about promoting art. So don't over commit to something you know you're going to resent. Make it something like DongWon's newsletter is something that they love to write, they're passionate about. If it felt onerous, you wouldn't do it.
[DongWon] That's also part of why it's so irregular in terms of the timing. I do it when I have bandwidth to do it. I am often insanely busy, and it's… I just don't have the bandwidth to come up with another well thought out, carefully worded newsletter. Right? So when it comes to the marketing newsletter, that's why my advice is to make it as light of a touch and like a lift as possible for you of keep it simple. Stick to really basic things. At a bare minimum, just announce when you have stuff. Include extra things if you can, in terms of recommending other people's books, little personal touches like your… Like the cat photos or the short story for… On people's birthdays. Those are lovely little things. Those aren't necessary. You can make it as late as possible for you to make it manageable. Then, when you're looking at the content style newsletter, really think about what your bandwidth is. How much can you take on? Can you do a thing once a month? Once every two months? Don't overpromise to your audience and leave them feeling disappointed. Give them more rather than give them less when you're making that sort of content approach. I want to switch to talking about the mechanics of it, how you do these things, what platforms you use, things like that, but let's first take a break for a moment. Then we will be right back.
 
[Dan] All right. So, I want to talk about the new book from our good friend of the podcast, Piper Drake. She has a book out called Wings Once Cursed and Bound. It actually comes out in two days from when this airs on May 2. This… Piper has a very successful career as a romance author. Wings Once Cursed and Bound is a step into a bit of a new genre. It is kind of modern fantasy. It is about a woman in Seattle who is secretly hiding the fact that she is actually a char… A kind of mythical creature from Thai folklore. She is a bird person. She encounters a guy who is a vampire who goes around in the world collecting mystical artifacts and locking them up so that they don't cause problems for people. He is currently looking for the infamous red shoes. Kind of the same idea as the Hans Christian Anderson story about the red shoes that make you dance forever. So, it's the two of them and those red shoes. They get embroiled in this big story. It's a wonderful, wonderful book. That is Wings Once Cursed and Bound by Piper J. Drake.
 
[DongWon] Okay. So, as we're thinking about how do I set up that newsletter platform for myself, Erin, you are currently thinking about doing this for yourself. Sounds like the rest of everyone else has your own marketing newsletter. What platforms are you all using? How did you go about setting that up? What do you feel like works for you? I mean, are there best practices that you're finding really helping you reach your audience in the way that you want to be?
[Mary Robinette] So, I work with a company called Northstar Messaging. Because I have a limited number of spoons. So I had started mine with MailChimp. That was working really well for me for a long time. But there were a number of automations that I wanted to do with onboarding, and it was hard. It just didn't do that well. So we've just switched over to Active Campaign which allows you to build sequences so that… This is called a nurture sequence. So someone comes in, and they get a welcome message. Then, a little bit later, they get a different thing that has some additional evergreen content, as they're being folded into the regular flow. So that's… That idea of a nurture sequence is something that I had heard about a lot, and hadn't known how to execute it. Which is why I was like, "Hello. You are professionals." It's something that I have experienced as a consumer, and I know that they're useful. But I just… I couldn't understand how to do that for myself as a writer.
[Erin] I think that's a great point, which is that it's nice to see what you like in a newsletter. Like, if you have… You see somebody's newsletter and you're like, "Oh, my gosh. This design, I'm loving it." Like, it's nice to see, like, how are they sending it to you. Usually you can find it somewhere. Scroll down to the very bottom newsletter, you might see like, sent to you by MailChimp, or Constant Contact, or one of the many other platforms that is used to send newsletters. Or, if it's the kind of content newsletter like you have, DongWon, you can sometimes tell in the URL. Like, what the service is behind the service.
[DongWon] Exactly.
[Erin] I love doing that, just because, even though I don't actually have a newsletter, I love making up the idea that I'm creating a newsletter, doing lots of research, and then not sending it.
[Laughter]
[Erin] So, often I collect lists of places that would be good to use, just by looking at what other people do and saying I want to do that.
[Howard] You're LARPing as a newsletter sender.
[Laughter]
 
[Dan] I don't actually know what system I use to send out a newsletter. Because of a different tool that I use, which is an assistant. I understand that this is not immediately accessible to every aspiring author. I have an assistant whom I pay. She puts together a newsletter for me, among other tasks. I will sit down at the beginning of every month, and I will write three paragraphs. What is Dan working on, what is Dan reading, what does Dan recommend. Then send them off to her, and she turns it into a newsletter and sends it out into the world. That has been, for me, an incredibly valuable way of offloading the parts of this business that I know are important, but that I don't want to do, and still get some value out of them.
[Howard] I have the same model. My assistant's name is Sandra. Sandra has a full plate of a million other things. With the long Covid and chronic fatigue, it's not just that I don't really want to spend time crunching the text for a newsletter, it is that we have to prioritize my time now so that I am doing the things that only I can do. Anything that can be done by somebody else gets handed off. So the newsletter management has been handed off. Now, that said, Sandra will sometimes come to me and say, "Hey, do you have anything for the newsletter? I need a picture. Do you have… My bank of Howard pictures has run dry." So I will dig around and I will find something. This happens with newsletters. It also happens with a thing that is very much like a newsletter and is core to our business model, Kickstarter updates. When we're working on a project and we need to let people know, "Hey, here's what… Here's where we are in this. Here are some art drops. Here's what's new in the…" It reads exactly like a newsletter, and the audience is exactly like a newsletter audience in that it is a self-selecting group of people who have chosen to hear about this. That's one of the things that I like to remind people about newsletters is that they work better than banner ads or anything else because it is a self-selecting group of people. If someone unsubscribes, they have self-selected out of the group, and that's fine.
[DongWon] But at some point, somebody said, "Yes. I want to take this content."
[Howard] Exactly.
[DongWon] That is such a huge difference versus…
[Howard] Incredibly… Incredibly valuable.
[DongWon] Exactly. Exactly.
[Howard] Incredibly valuable. As a data point on that, when we did our last Kickstarter, we looked at… We had a marketing company help us find all of the self-selecting people that… Anybody who'd ever bought anything with us, subscribers to the newsletter, previous Kickstarters, whatever. It was over 15,000 email addresses. We sent out one mail blast saying, "We're launching a Kickstarter."
[DongWon] Great.
[Howard] And had more subscribers than we had ever had before. So, starting a newsletter and collecting these addresses is… It's going to help you in the future, one way or another.
 
[DongWon] That's the thing. You can start collecting them early. You don't have to send a newsletter. No one remembers signing up for newsletters. Once you do it, you're not like, "I can't believe that person hasn't emailed me yet." Right? So you can start collecting emails now. Then, when your first novel comes out, five years from now, then, maybe, you have a few thousand names on that list. Right? That can make a huge difference as you just grow that a little bit over time. Just make sure any time someone goes to your website, someone goes to your link tree, or Twitter profile, or whatever it is, "Hey. Sign up to get updates from me here." I think starting to grab those like little drips, it adds up over time. What I love hearing all of you talk about this is… It kind of… This is one of those things that plays into the category of what we call authoring. Right? Things that go into the job of being a professional author that aren't actually writing books. Right? Which is an enormous amount of time. It is always shocking to me how much time and effort goes into dealing with email, responding about events, answering interview questions, all these things that sound like nice problems to have until you're doing this so much you don't have time to write. So, newsletters is a great one, especially a marketing newsletter, to offload to a consulting firm, in Mary Robinette's case, assistants, whatever it happens to be. But when you're early-stage, sort of more Erin's position, you're doing that research and figuring out how to launch it and build that up. I love hearing that you've already done all that homework. We'll get you to pull that trigger soon.
[Erin] It's happening.
[Mary Robinette] I should say that the marketing firm is a very new thing.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Mary Robinette] Before that, it was assistants, and before that, it was me, and when it was me, it was wildly irregular.
[DongWon] Exactly. That's the process. Right? You learn by doing. I love hearing Erin talk about, like, figuring out what you wanted to do by seeing what other people were doing. I mean, that's so much how we learn how to do all these marketing techniques is what's working. What are authors I like? Who do I respect? What content am I getting in my inbox that I think is good? Just sign up for a bunch of people's newsletters. I know it's going to be annoying for a minute. But just see what they're doing. Right? Go to your favorite authors pages. See what their newsletters look like. Learn some techniques from them. Then start applying that little bit by bit for yourself.
[Howard] It is worth pointing out that your newsletter can be a business model unto itself.
[DongWon] Exactly.
[Howard] If you are passionate enough about what you are writing, if you touch a nerve, you may find, wow, Howard writes about lazy recipes for old people, suddenly has 50,000 people reading it. Well, maybe if I turn that into a book, I can make money out of it. That is a legit thing. Which is one of the reasons why I would encourage you, if you're going to do a newsletter, write about things you're passionate about. Because that passion, that's what connects people to your fiction, it's what connects them to your TikTok, it's what connects us with each other.
[DongWon] If you're doing a content newsletter, you can get people to subscribe and pay. It's shocking how few subscribers it takes for that to suddenly feel like, "Oh. This makes sense for me to be spending a couple hours a week on this."
[Erin] I think that's also good because it gives you an assignment. So, one of the reasons that I have not started a newsletter for myself, despite the fact that I once worked as somebody who sent out newsletters for other people as a job. So it's… I know what the thing is. Is because it's so easy to put yourself last and say, "Okay. I only have so much time. I'm going to do stuff for other people." Or to put your writing self first, which is a completely legitimate choice. But the authoring does sort of need to get done. So by being on this podcast, I'm forcing myself to do the authoring. We're going to be asking you to do some of the authoring, too. But I think even more than that, if you have subscribers, it's a way to sort of offload… You're not making yourself do it, you're doing it for somebody else. You're giving them a gift. So, as long as that doesn't become a huge like pressure on you, I think it can be a nice motivation to kind of kick yourself in the butt and sort of make yourself do the thing that you want to do. Because you want to reach other people and let them know about what you've been doing.
[Mary Robinette] It's as if… It's almost as if when you're saying you're using this as a way to get the… To make yourself do the newsletter. It's almost as if you are figuring out who you are, and then doing it on purpose.
[Laughter]
[garbled Exactly. Wow. Callbacks. As if we've planned these episodes. Exactly.]
[Mary Robinette] It would have sounded so much more clever if we hadn't all just giggled at that.
[Laughter]
[Dan] We're clever, we're just not very professional about it.
[Laughter]
 
[DongWon] On that note, I think I will take us to our homework for the week. I think our homework is probably pretty easy to guess what I'm about to tell you to do based on everything I've said on this podcast so far, which is… Go make your own newsletter. Make a marketing newsletter, figure out what service you want to use. MailChimp is probably the most popular, but do a little googling. There's a million guides out there. Make an account. Make a free account. Just sign it up. Figure out how to integrate it into your personal website, if you have one. If you don't, make a website. Highly encourage you to do that. Then, you don't have to do anything to it. Don't send a newsletter, don't do anything with it. Just make it, get the sign-up form on that site, and let it be.
[Mary Robinette] In the next episode of Writing Excuses, we talk about why publishers make choices, how writers can use that, and why Howard's been using the Time Machine all wrong. Until then, you're out of excuses. Now go start a newsletter. Or go subscribe to ours. Because we also needed to start one, and recording these episodes made us realize that we hadn't. So, use the Time Machine, find our newsletter subscription button, subscribe, and join us.
 
mbarker: (ISeeYou2)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 18.16: Deep Dive: Publishing is Hard, by DongWon Song
 
 
Key points: Where do you get your ideas? Whatever I'm dealing with in my day-to-day job. Issues in my inbox, what people are talking about in social media, huge kerfluffles in publishing. Who are you writing for? In theory, for other people in the industry. In practice, mostly writers.  How do you decide how much of yourself to mix in? For me, making it personal is important. How do you decide what to write about? Not a schedule, not a plan. A burr under my saddle. Do you have a file of draft essays, a boneyard? About 2 months ago, I deleted all of them. What does running the newsletter do for you or your career? It's a brand building exercise. But when you change, how does that match the brand you established? The newsletter is a living document, and I am too. Having editors who are friends helps the agent and his clients.
 
[Season 18, Episode 16]
 
[Mary Robinette] This is Writing Excuses.
[DongWon] Deep Dive: Publishing is Hard, by DongWon Song.
[Erin] 15 minutes long.
[Dan] Because you're in a hurry.
[Howard] And we're not that smart.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary Robinette.
[DongWon] I'm DongWon.
[Erin] I'm Erin.
[Dan] I'm Dan.
[Howard] And I'm Howard.
 
[DongWon] So this week, it's my turn for the deep dive. I'm not a writer, necessarily, like everyone else on this podcast. I'm on the industry side, as we talked about before. So there is a little bit of like a… What do we talk about in my case? How do we do this?
[Chuckles]
[DongWon] I realized that I thought it might be interesting to dig into a newsletter that I run. In 2019, I started a newsletter at that point on Substack that was about my experiences in publishing. It's in part instructive about how the business of publishing works, but really, it's through the lens of here's how I experience it, here's how I think about it, here's how I talk about it. So I've been doing that on and off for the past several years… Way longer than I realized. I thought I'd been doing it two years, but 2019 is not two years ago.
[Chuckles]
[DongWon] So I wanted to have it featured on the podcast for us to talk a little bit as a way to understand how I think about publishing, what perspective I'm bringing to the pod, and really kind of dig into some of the tricky issues that I like to tackle there.
 
[Howard] A couple of things. DongWon, when we do these deep dives, often we put your feet to the fire…
[Laughter]
[Howard] And ask you how you did things. Also, when you say I'm not a writer like these other people, after having read several installments of Publishing is Hard, you're a writer.
[Dan] Yeah, I was going to say the same thing.
[Howard] You're absolutely a writer.
[Dan] Maybe not an author, but a very good writer.
[Mary Robinette] Again, we're going to totally digress on this. The reason I'm digressing on this is because I know that we have listeners out there who are nonfiction writers, and I want to remind them that they are writers, just like DongWon is a writer. It doesn't have to be fiction to be writing. And your pub…
[DongWon] I will back up and say I'm not a novelist and I don't write books.
[Chuckles and laughter]
[Howard] Fair enough.
[DongWon] Because I completely agree with everything… What everybody's saying. I will say I am a writer in this regard, which was… Having to go back and read things I had published several years ago was truly agonizing and I do not understand how you all do this on a regular basis.
 
[Howard] See, that brings me to the third part of this tripartite thing of mine, which is, now that we've established that you are one of us as a writer, the first question I have to ask you is where do you get your ideas?
[Laughter]
[DongWon] Suffering and trauma, Howard. Yeah, I mean, I get the con… The ideas for what I want to talk about basically by whatever it is I'm thinking about in what I'm dealing with in my day-to-day job. Right? So what issues are coming up in my inbox, what am I seeing people talk about in social media, what huge kerfuffles are happening in publishing that's… And Publishers Weekly this week. All those things are things that I start thinking about, and then… Often what happens is I'll see a bad take, I'll see somebody interpret something that somebody said as part of a testimony or as part of an article, and I'll be like, "Wait. People don't understand this the way that I understand it. Writers are seeing things happening in the industry and they don't have my 17, 18 years of experience of working inside the sausage factory. Are there things that I can explain about this? Are there ways I can illuminate some of what the logic behind what looks like an crazy decision is, and how people might approach it in a way that makes life a little bit more navigable for those of us in the industry, for those of us participating from the other side as writers and people looking to get published?" So…
 
[Mary Robinette] One of the things that you just said is a question that I'm curious about. You talked about seeing a hot take, and going, "Well, that's hot…"
[Chuckles]
[Mary Robinette] When you're writing, who are you writing for? Are you writing for writers? For the young up and comers, or are you writing for fellow industry peers to be like, "Hey. Folks. Trying to get your…" Or does it depend?
[DongWon] The conceit of the newsletter is that I'm writing for other people in the industry. The conceit is this isn't a newsletter for writers, it is a newsletter for people in publishing, people who are looking to talk about publishing. In practice, I know most of who's reading it are writers. Even though, every time I poll, I get lots of emails from friends in the industry or colleagues or whatever. I think it really does resonate with people who work in publishing. But I also recognize that that's a very tiny population. Therefore, most of the people reading it are people who want to be published, who are either people who have books out or are aspiring published authors, whatever it happens to be. So there's a little bit of a trick that I have to pull that I'm writing for other peers when I think about it, but then I also need to adjust what I'm saying so that it lands for people who aren't in the industry in the same way, and therefore may not have all the same… I don't know, internal defenses and understandings of how the business works. Because one of the things I want to do is make publishing legible to people who aren't in it, and one of the ways it's illegible is that it's a tough business. We talk about things that are very important to people, about their art, about their craft, in ways that can be very blunt and are fundamentally about profit and money because publishing is a business. Right? So finding ways to talk about those things without unduly traumatizing my audience or discouraging people. The last thing I want people to do is read this and feel like, "Oh, I can't succeed then. I can't publish. I shouldn't be trying to do this." That's my worst-case scenario. So how do I talk about difficult experiences in a way that has enough accessibility and empathy for the audience that I can sort of navigate that balance? So it's an ongoing conversation in my head. It's a very very very good question.
[Mary Robinette] That seems like that's a very applicable thing, then, to write for one audience and then edit to broaden it.
[DongWon] Exactly. I think that's the thing that a lot of people can incorporate into their process. Right? So my first drafts often I have to be like, "Oh. I can't say that. That's too harsh. That's an inside thought." Right? How do I edit that to be for a broad audience?
[Howard] There's an entire group of writers, communicators, out there facing the same problem and that's the sci-comm community, where they are writing from the standpoint of scientists, but trying to write to everybody else.
[DongWon] Exactly.
[Howard] They need to make it understandable, but they need to not dumb it down. They need to deliver the bad climate news, but they need to not send us into a panic and make us not care anymore. It's a fine line to walk.
[DongWon] It is. It's like it's a very flattering comparison to make.
[Chuckles]
 
[DongWon] I think on that note, let's pause for our thing of the week.
[DongWon] So, the thing of the week this week is actually another podcast. It's a podcast called Friends at the Table. It's an actual play role-playing podcast that is one of my very favorite things on the Internet. The previous season of this, I think, I broadly declared on Twitter that it was my favorite piece of media that year, and I still stand by that. They just launched a new season of the podcast called Palisades. That's a science fiction story about a planet under attack by sort of invading forces. It's a story that is about revolution, it's a story about resistance, and it's a story about giant robots. It is some of the most intricate fascinating world building I've ever seen with fantastic improvisational play. I cannot recommend Friends at the Table highly enough. Now is a great time to jump in as they just launched their new season.
 
[Erin] I have a question.
[DongWon] Great.
[Erin] About Publishing is Hard. Which is that one of the things that I love about it is how much personality and like personal story you weave in there. So you're doing the… Talking about the industry, but you're also talking about yourself. I'm wondering how you decide how much of yourself to kind of put in there. You know what I mean? What to share with us when you're sharing all this other information?
[DongWon] Yeah. It's a tricky question. I think, for me, making it personal is very important. We'll talk about this more in a future episode, but I don't want to be someone standing on a hill didacticly telling you, "This is how publishing should be. This is the only way to succeed. This is my 10 rules for success." That's not the kind of thing I'm trying to do. So, for me, rooting it in my own subjectivity, rooting it in my experience, feels really important to me. Right? So what I want to be doing is telling personal stories. I'm going to tell you about stuff I went through, but that's complicated because I can't talk about client stuff in a direct way. Right? I can't expose whatever's going on with the particular writers I work with, a lot of that is confidential. Also, my job as a literary agent is always to be hyping out my clients. Right? So you don't want to necessarily air people's dirty business. Right? So, it's a delicate balancing act. I am often talking about personal experiences, but I'll have to be a little vague or allude or blend a few things into one scenario. So I try to make sure that the emotional core of it is very personal and very honest, while having to elide some actual details and be a little slippery about what actually is what. Because I never want things to be mapped from one thing I write about to a situation that affected somebody else.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. I find that a lot of times when talking about issues is that if you can depersonalize it or decouple it as you say from a specific incident that it becomes easier for people to apply it. At the same time, the more specific you are, the easier it is for people to internalize it because we learn from stories.
 
[Dan] So, this leads into another question I had, which is, take us behind the scenes a little bit. How do you decide what are the things that you want to write? Do you have a schedule? Do you just have some burr under your saddle that eventually turns into an essay? How do these topics get formed?
[DongWon] Anyone who has subscribed to my newsletter is very aware that it is a very irregular event. I'm not on a regular schedule. It's not monthly, it's not weekly. There are gaps between when I publish things. That is somewhat deliberate. But it's because I don't have a schedule, I don't have a plan. What I'm looking for is when do I get a burr under my saddle, I think that's it exactly. When does something gets stuck in my head in a way of like, "Oh, wait, I have something to say about this." Sometimes that's I watch a TV show, and they did a cool thing and I want to talk about that thing. Sometimes that's somebody's having a fight on Twitter and I'm like, "I have thoughts about that, but I'm going to let that cool off a bit before I share my thoughts because I don't want to contribute to the discourse, but I do have insights that I think might be helpful to people, hopefully." So, it's kind of all over the place. I'm not much of an advanced planner when it comes to the newsletter. I like to go a little bit more off-the-cuff than that. But… Yeah.
 
[Howard] Do you have a file of draft essays, a boneyard of things where like, "Oh. Now I'm ready to finish this essay, and I will release it to the world."
[DongWon] I did and then about two months ago, I went through and deleted all of them because I looked at all of them and I was like, "I don't want to talk about any of these anymore."
[Chuckles]
[DongWon] The moment had passed for me. Right?
[Howard] A piece of me just died inside. You deleted your boneyard. I think those are words.
[DongWon] They are words, but there's always more words, and there's always more ideas. Right? I think that's one thing that… I encourage people to save their stuff. Go back to what's in the chest. Go back and see what's in that desk drawer. But also, don't be afraid of throwing stuff out. You will have more ideas. More stuff will happen. Even as I was trying to pick out newsletters for us to talk about for the podcast, I was going through some of it… I don't necessarily agree with everything I said before. I was surprised, actually, by how much… I was like, "Oh, I still vibe with this." I still stand by what I said then, even if I would change a couple of things here and there. But an idea that I had for a newsletter eight months ago that I was like, "Oh, not interested enough to finish this." I'm happy to let that go by the wayside. Maybe something similar will occur to me again six months from now, and I'll do it then.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. I find that that's true for me with a lot of things, that there's the… The person who started that, that original thing, is not the same person that is sitting down to write it.
[DongWon] Exactly.
[Mary Robinette] It's… Unless I have a new spin on something… I used to blog every day and talk about stuff, and I would bank things. Where I'd like write several things in a day. I don't understand how I did that. A. But, also, frequently I would come back to something and be like, "I don't… I have no connection to this." That was a different person who wrote it.
[DongWon] Yeah. I mean, sometimes I think, Oh, maybe I'd have more subscribers, maybe I'd grow the audience more, those kinds of things, if I did have that bank of more regular content to tap into. But it's also just not the kind of project I'm doing. I'm doing this as much for my own interest in amusement as for anything else. There is a paid tier to the newsletter, but all the content is free. Anyone can read any of the issues. The paid thing is almost more of a tip jar. Like, do you like what I'm doing? Do you want to support it? I started doing twit streams and bringing guests on. Those guests are paid roles. That's kind of what the subscribers go to, is just making it so that it's worth it for me to spend time on this and to bring in some guests and things like that. But, for me, because it's free, I feel comfortable posting stuff when I want to post stuff. When it feels relevant to me.
 
[Dan] I want to dig into this a little bit. Let's talk about what you think the newsletter has done for you. Clearly, it's a thing that seems primarily designed to give back a little bit. You love the industry, you love working in it. You want to talk about it, you want to help people out. But at the same time, a really common piece of advice we hear is, "Authors, get a newsletter." You're not exactly in that position. But, what are the ways in which you think running this newsletter has benefited you or your career?
[DongWon] It's a brand building exercise for me. It… The revenue from it is nice, it's a little bonus. The educational component has a lot of emotional investment in it. The professional reasons for doing it are is it does build my brand. Writers get to see this is how I do business, this is how I think, this is how I think about the industry. Does that make sense to me? Does that seem like someone I want to work with? Right? It's a way for writers to sort of audition me a little bit before working with me. If they like my ethics, if they like my perspectives, if they like my view of how to be in the business. That's very important to me. It's also marketing for me towards publishers. Right? So a lot of editors read my newsletter. I hear from them, I get lovely messages from them, and those are people who want to work with me. Who… They think of me positively when one of my manuscripts lands in their inbox. So it sets me up in a number of ways, it lets me have a brand in a way that was more sustainable and clearer and more fun to do than Twitter was. I mean, Twitter is a mess in a lot of ways. So the newsletter let me talk about things at length in ways that let me be much more clear about who I am and what I stand for.
 
[Erin] This brings me back to something that both you and Mary Robinette said earlier, which is that you change as a person, and what you believe changes. So if part of it is branding yourself, how do you like square that with the fact that you may be a different person now than the brand that you established maybe a year ago or two or three years ago?
[DongWon] I mean, like, I literally have a different gender than when I started bus… The newsletter.
[Laughter]
[DongWon] Like, somebody will be going, "I don't use that pronoun anymore. What's that doing there?" Like, yeah, I've changed a lot. I certainly… I don't have the perspective in this business that I did when I started, much less five years ago, much less probably last year. It's a business that evolves. Publishing is so slow in certain ways, but how we see content, how we see our roles in it, what are… I mean, I have a lot of thoughts about workers rights in the industry. HarperCollins had that massive strike last year, which concluded positively. They got a lot of what they wanted. Like, that has absolutely informed my thoughts about like how do we resolve a lot of the issues in publishing, in the industry. It's like, "Well, I was pro-union before, but, boy am I pro-union now in terms of publishing workers, in terms of young editors and assistance and people coming up." How much better with this industry be if we had stronger labor rights and relations? Right? I'm not sure all of my publisher friends would like to hear that from me…
[Chuckles]
[DongWon] Especially those in more senior positions. But our thoughts and things do evolve. It was interesting to go back into the archive and see what I still stand by and what I didn't. But I think it's a living… The thing about a newsletter is it's a living document. It's not I wrote this and this was my opinion and it's calcified in a certain way. I hope people can see that and understand that. I haven't really gone through and pruned old things I don't necessarily stand by anymore. But there's nothing in there where I was like, "Wow, I said… I was way out of pocket on that one." But it's subtler than that, I think.
[Dan] I would say in a lot of ways the brand you are building here is less about the specific insights and more about your style of thinking and analyzing things. The way in which you present things rather than the specifics that you present.
[DongWon] Yeah.
[Mary Robinette] I also love them because the newsletter sounds like you. Like, the one we were reading specifically for this… I saw you give that keynote speech.
[DongWon] Right.
[Mary Robinette] I'm like, "Oh, yeah. No, this is exactly your rhythm and inflections." Then, subsequent ones I'm like, "Oh. Yeah. No, this is like sitting down to have a conversation."
[DongWon] My newsletters are profoundly ungrammatical, which is funny. I use repetition a lot in them, stylistically. It's because that is how I talk, especially when I'm lecturing, especially when I'm like speaking in front of a crowd or even on the pod or whatever. So, yeah, it's nice to hear that it is reflective of how I think and talk so much.
 
[Howard] I want to circle back to something you said earlier which… At risk of unduly waiting this, this might be a good point on which to close. That is that when you said you have friends who are editors who read this and who like what you say. If you are a writer, you want an agent who is friends with a lot of editors. Because what you are paying the agent for is to put your work in front of as many editors as possible in as positive a light as possible. To put it in front of the right editors. That is… I mean, that's the bread-and-butter of the job that you really do. The fact that this newsletter is getting you more attention from editors is good for your clients, present and future.
[DongWon] Well, one thing is I used to be on that side of the table. I was an editor at a big five house. I have a lot of understanding and empathy of what they go through. So I think my newsletter's a little bit of framing that as well. I want to be clear, though, that there are other ways to be an agent. Right? There's a mode of agenting that is much more antagonistic and much more hostile to the publisher. Right? They get projects because they're big projects, because they're big agents. It's a different way of interacting. It's much more old-school, quite frankly. It can also be really effective. It's not how I do business. It's not just who I am as a person. So part of me doing the newsletter is making clear this is my approach. Not that I think other approaches are wrong. It's not how I want to do things. But, yeah, again, it's really a way for me to express to the world, whether that's writers, whether that's my peers, whether that's people I want to work with, who I am as a person and how I want to be doing business. So, thank you for taking the time with me to dive into talking about how publishing is hard.
 
[DongWon] Dan, I believe you have our homework?
[Dan] Yeah. We have, actually, a two-part homework for you today, dear listener. We want you to subscribe to a couple of newsletters. They're a very valuable thing, they're common in the industry. We want you to seek out to with the following criteria. Number one, find a creator that you really like who has a newsletter and subscribe to it. Number two, possibly and maybe ideally with that same creator, find a newsletter that person subscribes to, and subscribe to it as well. Because then you get a sense not only of what they are putting out into the world, but what they are absorbing. What the creators you love our reading and interacting with.
[Mary Robinette] In the next episode of Writing Excuses, we'll talk about branding, personal identity, and why Dolly Parton can never have a bad day. Until then, you're out of excuses. Now go write.
 
mbarker: (Burp)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 17.52: The WXR 2022 Q&A
 
 
Q&A Points:
Q: What strategies can you use to make the reader aware of the complexities of your world without infodumping?
A: Drop bits of reference into the dialogue without details. Pick themes that your characters are passionate about. Add stuff that is not vital to the plot. Let the character interact with them.
Q: How do you balance a sense of progress with an unreliable narrator?
A: With a goal that they are aiming for. Why are you using an unreliable narrator? Knowing that, and being deliberate about it, allows you to mix it with progress. Progress is asking questions and answering them, which is not necessarily connected to whatever the narrator may be lying about. 
Q: How can I make two magic systems work in the same setting when one is very underpowered compared to the other, and the protagonist uses the weaker magic?
A: That's the best way to do it! Because it has conflict. Show that they are the underdog, but they use their skills better. This builds sympathy and rooting interest. 
Q: Have you ever based a character on yourself or someone that you know? If so, did you find that more or less difficult to write?
A: Yes, every character is a reflection of me, in some way. No, not actively base on myself, that I consider to be me. Basing a character on someone you know? Strip out the details, keep the patterns of mannerisms. Base on a struggle or a conflict. Tuckerizations!
Q: So, on book adaptations, Dan, as someone who has had a book adapted, can you talk a little bit about what the process looks like and things to keep in mind when working on adaptations?
A: New and innovative is better than faithful. Script form, on screen, is not the same as novel form. 
Q: Do you have any recommendations for conventions or other writing events an aspiring author should attend for networking purposes?
A: Surrey International Writers Conference. Nebula conference. Check your local conventions.
World Fantasy. World Con. Story Makers and Pikes Peak. 
Q: Do you use any particular methods to calibrate how detailed your scientific or technical terms are for each series or audience or genre?
A: Consider a cheese sandwich. If all it does is feed the character, you don't say much about it. If the character is a chef, you may say more. Technical jargon is the same. Think about the structural purpose they serve in your story.
Q: How do you cultivate an audience, specifically how do you interact with fans responsibly, especially starting out when they may number less than 10 and are essentially your peers?
A: Try to add value to every group, every conversation you have. Marketing is a minus value, so add value to the group before you try to market to them. Make a contribution, be interesting, make sure people enjoy spending time with you first. Consider a street team! 
 
[Season 17, Episode 52]
 
[Brandon] This is Writing Excuses, Q&A on the Writing Excuses Cruise 2022.
[Dan] 15 minutes long.
[Mary Robinette] Because you're in a hurry.
[Howard] And we're not that smart.
[Brandon] I'm Brandon.
[Dan] I'm Dan.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary Robinette.
[Howard] And you guys are going to ask us questions, despite our not-smartness.
[Chuckles]
 
[Brandon] Go ahead. First question.
[Julie] Hey, can you hear me?
[Dan] Yup.
[Julie] I'm Julie. What strategies can you use to make the reader aware of the complexities of your world without infodumping?
[Howard] What strategy… I love this question, and James Sutter gave us a great answer to that a couple seasons ago. Just by dropping little lines of dialogue, "the screaming hills" or "The monks of whatever" as little bits of reference without any additional details. These are just things that exist, that the characters know about, and that gets sprinkled into the dialogue, and then off they go with the plot.
[Brandon] I would pick a few themes for your book. In specific, things that you are going to… That your characters are passionate about. Right? Everybody… Kind of because Tolkien did Tolkien's thing wants to pick the ones that Tolkien did, which is not a bad idea. But your character might be a calligrapher, and they might be interested in the history of fonts on your world. They can talk about the history of fonts, and drop those hints in, not at length, not infodumps, but mentions here and there. Which will give the same sense of depth in history to your world, and be relevant to your character and their passions, rather than that same character talking about the history of that fort over there, which might be something that Tolkien would have done. Pick the ones that your characters are passionate about.
[Dan] I think so much of what provides depth to a story is stuff that is not vital to the plot. If we… If the only information we ever get is the information we require in order to understand the current story taking place, then the world is only as big as the current story taking place. Whereas, if we have other things, other history, other cultural details that have nothing to do with the current story, then that makes the world very large.
[Mary Robinette] I pick them based on whether or not my character is interacting with them. So if the character is interacting with the food, then I can describe that food. If they aren't interacting with the food, then I do not describe the national dish of whatever fiction fantasy world I have.
 
[Brandon] All right. Question number two, by the person in the excellent T-shirt. One of mine.
[Todd] Ah, yes. I'm Todd, and I'm currently wearing the same shirt as Brandon, but… For my question, I'm wondering how do you balance a sense of progress with an unreliable narrator?
[Brandon] Uh…
[Mary Robinette] Ah…
[Brandon] How do you balance… Oh, that's… I don't have to repeat them because…
[Mary Robinette] Um… So, your character can still have a goal that they're aiming for. Frequently, that unreliability is about some aspect of self. So, you don't… You can still be honest to the reader by having the character react in ways that are consistent with whatever that secret is. Which allows you to make that forward progress and then kind of drop clues before you do the big reveal about what the unreliability is.
[Brandon] Yup. I would agree. Unreliable narrators should always be a feature, not a bug. Right? Like, if you're using it, you should be using it for a reason. What is your goal in using the unreliable narrator? What are you achieving? Well, that will then tell you how you can intermix that with progress. Because you can cheat and really fun ways with an unreliable narrator. There can be several… I mean, a character that I wrote who lost several years of time in their memory, or parts of the time in their memory, becomes unreliable not because of them hiding from the reader, but they legit don't know. This then becomes a cool reveal. So highlighting those things… The thing that I would say you most want the reader to pick up on is that you as an author are doing this on purpose. The character is unreliable on purpose, not on accident. They will give you all kinds of accommodation if they know it's on purpose. As soon as they suspect it's on accident, you start to lose them.
[Howard] I think that the sense of progress and the narrator might be a false concomitance here, that those are not necessarily related. For me, the sense of progress comes from a question being asked and then later being answered. Every time I get an answer to a question I had, to a question posed by the story, I feel like we've made progress. That, for me, is completely disconnected from who the narrator may or may not be lying about.
[Mary Robinette] I just realized part of why I think they may have asked this question. That if you're writing something like a heist where…
[Brandon] Yeah.
[Mary Robinette] The narrator has a secret goal.
[Brandon] Right, right. In a lot of heists, they do. That's a very good point to bring out. A lot of times, your character will have a secret goal. Again, I still think it comes back to make sure the reader knows that it was done on purpose. So they can start to suspect and put things together. I always feel like if you're heisting the reader, the clues should have been there all along. Now, there are really brilliant ones were you're not supposed to notice anything is wrong until the last minute before it happens. But in that case, you need to have created a narrative that has payoffs all along, otherwise it's suspicious.
 
[Brandon] Question?
[Unknown] How can I make two magic systems work in the same setting when one is very underpowered compared to the other, and the protagonist uses the weaker magic?
[Brandon] Ooo. That's the better way to do it, usually.
[Chuckles]
[Dan] Why?
[Brandon] Because conflict. Stories are about conflict and what you can and can't do. I'm glad you're asking this question, but the answer is actually pretty simple in that you don't have to really worry about power level in books, particularly if your character is the weaker party. The answer is how do you do this is you make it very clear that they're the weaker party, they're the underdog, and you show them using their skills better than those who are overpowered. Right? The whole idea of I am not as strong, so therefore I must be very tactical in how I apply the strength I do have, builds enormous amounts of sympathy and rooting interest for a character. If you have a character that's superstrong, it's actually much harder because building that rooting interest when they are from a position of power means that the conflict has to be approached differently. So I would say present these kind of magic systems in an interesting way that reinforces what you're doing. Right? If the powerful magic system is in the control of the elite, and the week magic system… I mean, this is the most obvious one, but it's a good example… Is in the hands of the underdogs, both socially and narratively, then you will… It'll be… It'll flow from there.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. The plucky hero is a common trope, but one of the things that you often see in superhero movies is that the super villain is ridiculously overpowered compared to the superhero. Those are essentially two different magic systems.
[Dan] Yeah. Well, also, when you start to think about what counts as a magic system in the kind of grand metaphor of just character power, look at something like the Star Wars series. The original trilogy has one Jedi, but that doesn't make the other characters not interesting. Right? Han Solo's magic system is that he can attack people from range and he can fly through space. He does that with other things. It's not as powerful as being a Jedi, but it's not on interesting and it still is vital to the story and to the society that they live in.
 
[Brandon] All right. Next question.
[Lisha] Hi. I'm Lisha Bickard. Have you ever based a character on yourself or someone that you know? If so, did you find that more or less difficult to write?
[Brandon] Okay. Let's split that into two questions. First, have you based a character on yourself?
[Mary Robinette] Yes.
[Howard] Yup.
[Dan] No.
[Brandon] I would say every character I write as a piece of me. Some aspect of my personality comes out. It's inevitable.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah.
[Howard] Yeah. That's… Same here. I've given up on trying to say, "Oh, this character is nothing like me." Because I am alive to write what they say, so, at some level, they're at least a little bit like me.
[Dan] But I feel like that's a very different question from have you actively based one on yourself versus do elements of yourself bleed through.
[Brandon] Okay.
[Dan] I don't think I've ever written a character who I consider to be me.
[Brandon] I would agree that I have not done that, either. There's no… I mean, I don't know if you're talking about self inserts, but, like the Dirk Pitt books, Clive Cussler always shows up in them as a character. I've never done that.
[Mary Robinette] No, I haven't done that either. But I have given my character… Like Ellena, I've talked very openly about in Calculating Stars, that while I don't have an experience personally with anxiety, my experience with depression is her experience with anxiety. That I mapped that. Also, there's several other things that I'm just like, and that's… The other thing I talk about is her experience with Parker is based exactly on someone that I used to work with. So I have done that.
 
[Brandon] Let's take the second half of this one. Basing a character on someone you know? Have you done this? Pitfalls? How did you approach it? These sorts of things.
[Mary Robinette] Again, so, Parker is based on somebody that I know. I strip out the identifying details, and what you're left with is the patterns of mannerisms. In Glamorous Histories, I've often talked about the fact that Mr. Vincent is heavily based on my husband, who I frequently describe as the love child of Mr. Darcy and Eeyore. Mr. Vincent and Rob do not have the same back story in any way, shape, or form. But they have the same mannerisms. They have many of the same interests and attitudes.
[Brandon] It's kind of uncanny.
[Mary Robinette] It really… Yeah.
[Brandon] Yeah.
[Howard] There was this one time where, as a favor to a friend, I wrote a character into a story, and then had him kill his own dang self. Really stupidly, and… That was a lot of fun both for me and for my friend.
[Brandon] I don't generally base on… Well, I do and I don't. I base on a conflict often. If I have a friend who has a struggle or a conflict, I will put that in. The only characters that are based on friends more overtly than that are Tuckerizations, where they get to say they make an appearance in the books.
[Dan] Yeah. I often auction off for service auctions and charities and things the ability to be brutally murdered in a Dan Wells book. That's not so much copying the mannerisms as just, "Hey, look. You can show all your friends that…
[Mary Robinette] Your name.
[Dan] A monster killed you."
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. Your name is in this book. Frequently, with Tuckerizations, they are not anything like the person, they just have a name in common.
[Brandon] Yeah.
[Mary Robinette] One of the pitfalls is that if you have not cleared it with them ahead of time, that it can be… Like, my husband knows that I put his mannerisms into books. I have a friend who was a Tuckerization, and then I was like, "Oh, I'm very sorry, but your Tuckerization is actually going to be a villain in the next book. Is that okay?"
[Brandon] Yeah. The Tuckerizations I do of friends stay in the background almost exclusively. If it's an unflattering Tuckerization of someone I know, I always change the name and the description, and it's then just kind of the concept becomes on inspiration.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. This is what happens when you write something that you think is a standalone and they ask you for a sequel.
[Dan] And then they ask for more. I had a character, there was a teacher, a schoolteacher in the John Cleaver books, that was named after a friend of mine who is a schoolteacher. Before that went to print, I realized, oh, wait. In the next book I'm going to turn this guy into a pedophile. So I'm going to change that name really quick and make sure that that does not come back to bite him in any way.
 
[Brandon] So, let's stop for our book of the week. Our book of the week is my book.
[Yay!]
[Brandon] So, 15 years ago plus, I started writing a little series called Alcatraz Versus the Evil Librarians as a way to take a break between the Mistborn books. It's as different from Mistborn as I could possibly get inside my brain. About kids who have weird magical talents that sound like drawbacks until they use them. Like being late for things or being bad at dancing or things like that. Now, long-awaited last book, last secret book of the series. I actually pitched this book to my editor. I said, "I want to do five books, and then end on a horrible, horrible cliffhanger. Because there kind of comedic, and that's what the character's been warning them. Then pretend there's going to be no sixth book because the main character refuses to write the book. Then I want to have a sixth book which is finally coming out written by another character in the series to give the actual ending because the main character was a dweeb and would not write the ending of his series, where he actually kind of proves to be a little bit more heroic than he's been telling people all along. So we have Bastille versus The Evil Librarians, written with my good friend Janci Patterson, who's been on the podcast a number of times. Who helped me get the voice right, because I was struggling with it, which is part of what took so long. It is finally out and you can get it. The series is now finished.
[Mary Robinette] Yay!
[Dan] Hooray!
[Howard] Huzzah!
 
[Brandon] All right. So, let's go to the next question.
[Unknown] Awesome. So, on book adaptations, Dan, as someone who has had a book adapted, can you talk a little bit about what the process looks like and things to keep in mind when working on adaptations?
[Dan] Yeah. So, my general theory of adaptations is that I am far more interested in something that is new and innovative rather than endlessly faithful. That is an assertion that gets sorely tested when it is your own little baby…
[Chuckles]
[Dan] Being adapted. I did not have creative control over the Serial Killer movie, but I did get the chance to read all the drafts of the script and be involved with casting and things like that. The initial drafts of the script, and even the final shooting script, included some changes that I disagreed with pretty wildly. Fortunately, I had, over the process, become good friends with the director to the point that he was able to just say, "Hey, trust me. This is an art form that I am familiar with and you are not. Give me the benefit of the doubt here." I did, and ultimately realized, oh, the changes he was making would not have worked in the book. They would not have been effective in novel form. But the changes I was suggesting he make to his script would not have worked in script form. They would not have worked on the screen. So I was right and he was right, and he was smart enough to know that that's why I was arguing with him, is because it was simply an art form that I didn't know as well. The final product, he made the right calls on those adaptive changes, and I made the right call in that I stopped making a stink about it.
 
[Brandon] All right. Next question.
[Unknown] Hi. Do you have any recommendations for conventions or other writing events an aspiring author should attend for networking purposes?
[Brandon] Oh. Specifically for networking purposes.
[Mary Robinette] There are two major ones that I would recommend. Surrey International Writers Conference in Surrey, B. C., Which is my favorite writers conference besides the… Including the ones that I run, actually. The one that were currently on, Writing Excuses, we constantly tell our students that the best thing they get out of this is the interactions, but you know that because you're here. Then, the Nebula conference is designed specifically to be a thing for developing and professional authors.
[Brandon] I met my agent at the Nebula conference 20 years ago. And he's still my agent.
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. So those are the big things for me. But I would also look at your local conventions. Because you don't have to travel places. And also, you don't have to go to conventions to network. You can network online. Also, you don't have to network to be successful. There are plenty of authors who are successful who are complete recluses. There are a number of things that it helps with. But you can also have a career without doing that, if it is something that you're not comfortable with.
[Brandon] indeed, I'd say it's the least important it's ever been before breaking into the business. Not to say it can't still be useful, but as in the publishing is happening… Happened, as publishing has started to spread out and move out of New York a little bit more, and things like that, the need to network has decreased a little.
[Dan] Let me ask a question. One con we always used to recommend as a really fantastic networking con was World Fantasy. It is my perception that that is no longer as helpful of a networking con as it used to be. Is that… Would you agree with that, or am I wrong?
[Mary Robinette] You are correct. Yeah, you're correct. The… That was David Hartwell's home convention. He always asked his fellow editors and his author stable to attend the convention. With his passing, while networking still happens, there is not quite the same presence...
[Brandon] Yeah.
[Mary Robinette] There since that. They also had some other issues that often happen when you move a convention from place to place. World Con is another one of those which depending on where World Con is… And this is also true with World Fantasy. Depending on which group of volunteers are running it, they can be more helpful than others. But you have to be pretty deep into the community already to know which one is going to be a good one. So when they're close to you, absolutely go to them. But I wouldn't always recommend making the trip for it.
[Dan] Yeah.
[Brandon] If you are in the inner mountain West, the Story Makers Conference tends to be our best conference in the Salt Lake area.
[Mary Robinette] Oh, Pikes Peak in Colorado is very good as well.
[Dan] Yeah.
[Howard] The one piece of counsel I'd offer when thinking about networking is that if you are slightly impatient, and what you are looking for is someone a few rungs up to help you really launch the career, that's challenging, and that's a hard relationship to build. If you're willing to be patient, if you're willing to network and make friends with people who are at your level in career launching or in book writing or whatever, and you begin to grow with those people, in many cases these are the relationships which five years or even 10 years down the road, these are the relationships that will redefine your career when somebody comes to you and says, "Oh, hey, by the way, I just got a show green lit, and I need a script doctor, and I know you can do it." It's… I love to see people just willing to make friends. Those friendships that you make are going to be more genuine and I think they're going to be more helpful to you.
 
[Brandon] All right. Go ahead.
[Unknown] Do you use any particular methods to calibrate how detailed your scientific or technical terms are for each series or audience or genre?
[Mary Robinette] My cheese sandwich analogy. So, if you've got a cheese sandwich and it is in a scene where everyone knows what a cheese sandwich is in the cheese sandwich serves only the function of feeding the character, you don't need to describe it deeply. If your character is a chef and they are doing something exquisite with the cheese sandwich, you need to describe it more deeply, because the character is going to have a different relationship with it. It's the same with the technical jargon that you throw out. If you've got an alien that is… Has never experienced a cheese sandwich before, what often happens to a reader, to an early career writer, is that they want to say, "All right. So a cheese sandwich is made out of cheese and bread." The alien is like, "But, okay, what is bread?" You're like, "Bread comes from wheat, which is grown in…" Like, none of that is actually useful. What you want to say is a cheese sandwich is something that you hold in your hands and you eat it and it's tasty. So when you're thinking about the jargon, you're thinking about the structural purpose… The mechanical research details… You're thinking about the structural purpose that they serve in the story. I often just put in a bracket that says technical detail goes here. Or jargon goes here. Because frequently the only reason it's there is to demonstrate competence porn.
 
[Brandon] All right. This is going to be our last question for this episode. So, hit us.
[Qwamai] Hello. My name is Qwamai Simmons. How do you cultivate an audience, specifically how do you interact with fans responsibly, especially starting out when they may number less than 10 and are essentially your peers?
[Brandon] Mmm. That's an excellent question. So, interacting with an audience. There's a couple tips that I would be… If they are your peers, in particular, but… You always want to be value adding to any group that you're part of. Marketing generally value negatives, so keep in mind that it's like your value to a group is going to earn you chances to occasionally network. The sorts of things that I don't like seeing our social media feeds that are just… Network is the wrong term. That was from before.
[Dan] Market.
[Brandon] Market. Are just marketing, are just big marketing. You'll see this sometimes on Internet forums or things. People pop in and be like, "Hey, I just sold my first book. Here it is." And it's the first time you've even seen them. If you're not value adding, don't be doing that. Try to be adding something to every group you're part of and every conversation you're part of.
[Dan] Yeah. Think of your community of readers as a group of friends that you interact with. Not necessarily close friends that you invite to your house all the time, but people that you want to hang out with and that you want to pay attention to you. If you and your friend group, all you ever say is, "Hey, I have a lot of shirts for sale on my website," you won't get invited to parties anymore. Whereas, if you are contributing things, if you are interesting, if people enjoy spending time with you, then, suddenly, you are a valuable friend that people love to hang out with.
[Howard] This comes back to what I said earlier about patience. We're all inherently impatient to some degree, we want to launch ourselves from zero readers to 20,000 readers. I don't have a magic bullet for that. I don't have a magic trick for that. The thing that I have found is that it is… Doing marketing where I am asking the marketing under something, that's exhausting. I just allow myself to be myself with my audience and be silly. Then, every so often, I let them know that I'm doing a thing. Is that effective? I don't know if it's effective, I don't know if I'm actually good at this. But I know that I'm way more comfortable with that than I am with the other approaches.
[Mary Robinette] The last thing that I would say about this is that it's very easy to sound very calculating when you're thinking about this. I've heard people talk about it as a social bank. You have to put things into the social bank in order to have a withdrawal later. That is true. Also, being a good person, which is what we're talking about, being a value add, is not transactional. It's like when you are a good, contributing member of the community, you're not doing it because, well, then they're going to be nice to me.
[Chuckles]
[Mary Robinette] That is the wrong way to approach it. The way you approach it is by being genuinely interested in other people. Finding the community that you want to be part of. That's the piece that you're doing. The people that you want to be part of, that you're genuinely interested in, they don't owe you friendship in return. Right? They don't owe you anything. You're doing that because it is something that you find satisfying. You kind of have to approach it that way. Otherwise, you are going to be angry and bitter, because you've entered a transactional relationship that no one else agreed to.
[Dan] Yeah. I do want to point out that there's kind of a community building thing that I have seen a lot of authors use. This has become pretty common over the last two or three years, at least in some of the circles that I move in, called the street team. I'm sure that there are other authors that have different names for it. This is something that is kind of overtly transactional in a way that avoids the problems Mary Robinette is talking about. Saying… Assembling a group of people and saying, "Hey, I will give you an advance manuscript or I will give you these other things because you're a super fan and I would love to have you help me spread the word about my books." That's something that I see… Maybe it's mostly in YA. I don't know if this is something the rest of you have run across. But it is a system that if you handle it correctly works well to build a community that way. Like, you're part of my club now. Here's all the benefits of the club. Then, also, you're going to help.
[Howard] I was standing at my booth at World Con and a super fan had bought a book from me and someone else came up to the booth and was kind of like, "What's this?" Super fan launched into a fantastic pitch for my stuff. I very calculatedly, very carefully, did zero things to stop them.
[Chuckles]
[Howard] Are you overselling me? I don't care. You dearly love this, and you love this in a way that I would love for other people to love this. So go. Run. Do the thing.
[Mary Robinette] I'm going to put in a quick plug for my Lady Astronaut club. Which is, basically, I have built a community. You can send away a self-addressed stamped envelope, you can be a member of my Patreon, someone can vouch for you in the community. We call it the kindest corner of the Internet. It is a place where I get to interact, but also, it is, at times, a street team. Like, if I come in and say, "Hello, I really need help with X." But I never approach it with the expectation that they will do these things for me.
 
[Brandon] All right. We are out of time. Thank you all for the excellent questions here at the Writing Excuses Cruise.
[Applause]
[Brandon] Your homework is to write out a few questions. To think about it, think about what are the things you need help most on in your writing career right now. Now, we are unavailable to answer your questions because we are off somewhere else. But I find that formulating these things, sitting and thinking what do I need, really helps you kind of put a point on what you need to do, where you need to learn, where you need to grow. That's going to help you get those answers. So, ask yourself the question, what is holding me back the most in my writing career, and what question would I have for the team if I were able to ask it. Maybe you will eventually be able to do so. This has been Writing Excuses. You're out of excuses. Now go write.
 
mbarker: (ISeeYou2)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 17.50: Consistency, Inconsistency, and the Crushing Weight of Expectations
 
 
Key Points: What does your audience expect, when can they rely on you to provide new content, and what commitments have we, as creators, made to the audience? Seasons and breaks, or a never-ending juggernaut? Focus on regularity or focus on content? Under-promise and over-deliver. 
 
[Season 17, Episode 50]
 
[Howard] This is Writing Excuses, Consistency, Inconsistency, And the Crushing Weight of Expectations. 15 minutes long.
[Dongwon] Because you're in a hurry.
[Dan] And we're not that smart.
[Howard] I'm Howard.
[Dongwon] I'm Dongwon.
[Dan] And I'm Dan.
 
[Howard] This episode was my idea. Because today is December 3… Is it December third?
[Dan] It is.
[Dongwon] It is December third.
[Howard] It's December third. Wow, look at that. We're recording this on December 3 for December 11 because we realized we had a hole in our schedule of episodes. We could not let that stand. Then we took a step backward and had to ask, well, why not? What was our original commitment to publishing an episode every week without fail? I'm actually going to throw this question to Dan. Dan, do you remember 2008? Do you remember back then when we decided how often we were going to do this?
[Dan] I have [garbled] memories of 2008. I don't remember if there was a specific decision made other than if we're going to do it weekly, let's make sure we do it every single week.
[Howard] Yeah. See, that was my memory as well. That was a 2008… I guess it was the only 2008 any of us got. But back then, I was eight years in on what would become a 20 year run of Schlock Mercenary where the daily web comic updated every day without fail. That was a thing that, and I'm not mincing any words here, made me feel important and special. So I thought it was something that we should do with our podcast as well. So we have inherited that. Here it is 2022, very nearly 2023, and we are still insisting on putting this stuff out every week. Now, fair listener, we're not recording this episode in order to tell you that we're going to change that. We're going to explore how the crushing weight of your expectations drove this recording session and what the alternatives might be for those of you who publish newsletters or do other sorts of social media things, Patreons, whatever else. Let me throw it out to the august body of two…
[Dan] I just want to say really quick that us doing an episode about how we never miss an episode kind of feels like the radio station constantly interrupting songs to tell you how they never interrupt the songs…
[Chuckles]
[Howard] Yeah. Yeah. There's… For my pitch to this episode originally to Dongwon, I said, "Oo, oo, I have a silly meta-meta-idea."
[Chuckles]
[Dongwon] Dan, it's important to let them know what they're getting and so you need to remind them of what it is we're doing here.
[Howard] It is.
 
[Dongwon] Howard, question for you, actually. Is your streak completely unbroken? Are you at 20 years of not missing a single day?
[Howard] Yes. 20 years from June 12 of 2000 was the first strip through July 20 of 2020 was the final strip. Every day has a strip on it, and all of those strips aired on the day which they were scheduled. There was this one time where the strip aired about eight hours late because a universal… Err, uninterruptible power supply in the server farms was configured incorrectly and power cut out and the generator didn't come on and then the UPS exploded. We had to move to another host. I think that was in 06. That was the point at which everybody just insisted I was metal and I couldn't be stopped. When, in point of fact, that was I know people who can solve the technical problems and I have a buffer.
[Dongwon] How stressful has that been for you? Like, what does that feel like to know that every day I got to get this out? I mean, obviously, you're banking some, those are in the bank in advance, but what's that process felt like?
[Howard] It's like… I couldn't have accurately described it until I was out the other side of it. You ask a fish what water taste like, and they're like, "What? What does the world taste like?" No. I am now like the fish who has crawled out onto dry land. I'm like, "Hm. Water was nice. Air is different."
[Chuckles]
[Howard] There was a constant pressure, but it was also a piece of what I used to motivate me, to get me moving. The idea that a strip, that a day could go by without a strip was just absolutely unthinkable to me. Because I knew that if I missed one day, then it would be okay, and I would just start missing days over and over and over again.
[Dongwon] Right.
[Howard] So… But that's me. That's… I don't want to project that mindset on to other people. That's where… With this whole discussion, we have to be careful.
 
[Dan] Well, that's what I want to bring up next, is… I honestly, despite doing two of them, I don't listen to a ton of podcasts. So is never missing a week, is that actually a rare thing? Or does everyone do that?
[Dongwon] I think, as one who listens to an insane amount of podcasts, it depends on the podcast. There are many that I follow that are religious about weekend, week out. Then there are some who are like, "Yeah, we missed four or five over the course of our several year run." Then there are some who update irregularly, and you just get new content when you get new content. I think one way that podcasters sort of get around the burnout component is by bundling them into seasons. Right? So we'll do 10 episodes weekly, and then take a break for two months while they prep the next season, and then come back for another 10 episodes. I think that's a way to sort of manage that schedule and manage expectations because really that's what it comes down to. So much of what this is what does your audience expect, when can they rely on you to be providing new content, and what commitments have we, as creators, made to that audience.
[Howard] Yeah. With some of the more produced… Produced is the wrong word, and I don't want to put a negative connotation on it. The more heavily produced… The higher production value podcasts run a lot like television seasons would run, which is, hey, we're going to do a run of a couple of dozen episodes, and then we take a break. During that break, what is happening is we are arranging for the sponsors and the ads and the content and whatever else for the next season. That's… When you've got five or 25 people working on a thing, that makes a lot more sense than insisting that this is a weekly juggernaut that just never stops rolling and outputting a thing.
[Dongwon] Well, so much of the advice for authors these days, is integrate multiple touch points for the audience. Right? So, you have your books, but then you're also maybe you have a podcast, maybe your Patreon, a substack, Instagram, TikTok, Twitter. All these are ways in which you're interacting with your audience on a regular basis. So I think the reason I found this topic interesting was what's the logic behind how you structure that, how do you approach that, how do you manage your own burnout and audience expectations at the same time.
 
[Howard] Yeah. On the subject of authors, we should have a book of the week. Dan, did you bring us… Did you bring one?
[Dan] I did bring a book of the week. So, I am a big fan of Sylvia Moreno-Garcia. She has a relatively new one, I think it's a month or so old, called The Daughter of Dr. Moreau. Which is a retelling of The Island of Dr. Moreau, set in the Yucatán Peninsula in the either early 1900s or late 1800s. I'm not deep enough into it to know exactly where. But Sylvia writes a very distinct subset subgenre that I adore. Which is historical Mexican feminist horror. If you're into that, she is so good. Her… Last year, she put out one called Mexican Gothic which was a haunted house story. This one is much more kind of that H. G. Wells Dr. Moreau thing, but all from the point of view of this daughter, transplanted from France, growing up in the Yucatán Peninsula, raised by a Mayan nanny. Then, at the center of this giant culture clash, written with this delightful core science-fiction element on top of it. It's really good stuff. I'm not done with it yet, like I said, but it's fantastic, and I recommend it. So that is The Daughter of Dr. Moreau by Sylvia Moreno-Garcia.
[Dongwon] That's tremendously exciting. Mexican Gothic was really one of my favorite reads last year.
[Dan] Oh, it was so good.
[Dongwon] Just terrific.
[Dan] This one, thus far, I'm liking even more.
 
[Howard] That's… It's cool, and I love the way you described… And I'm going to make a point out of this… When you said the genres. Name those off again.
[Dan] Historical Mexican horror.
[Howard] Okay. Historical Mexican horror. One of the things that's fun about following authors on social media is that discovery that if you like, for instance, horror, branching into a historical horror is not a big stretch. You start seeing some of these overlaps. If you like historical, branching into Mexican and horror at the same time, that is not a big stretch. So, yeah, when you say Mexican historical horror, if you are into that thing, no, if you are into any of those things, there's a really good chance that you're going to like this new thing. This is one of the reasons why having some sort of presence on social media or whatever is useful to us so that we can find those places where we overlap with people's existing interests and say, "Oh, well, you know, you liked The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy, you might actually like Schlock Mercenary. It's not a book, and it's not British, and it has pictures, and it's not as funny, but…"
[Chuckles]
[Dan] There are enough parallels.
[Howard] Yeah.
[Dongwon] Yeah. I think with the social media component, like having sort of these regular contact points like I was talking about earlier is… Can be really, really important. Right? I think having the daily updates, the regular updates, that you were talking about from Schlock Mercenary. I think the basic advice for Instagram is, like, post a reel a day. Right? For TikTok, it's like regular… Make sure you're regularly updating your content. That can be really important. But that can also create an enormous amount of pressure on creators. I think it holds a lot of people back from even trying to start to build their brand that way. I launched a newsletter a few years back, it's called Publishing Is Hard. I really love doing it. One thing that I decided before I launched it was I'm not going to commit to a regular schedule. Because I know me. I know what my life is like, I know how much work I have on my plate at any given time, and, as a literary agent, the amount of work that I do goes up and down wildly. One week will be completely insane, the next week will be quiet. Right? So it just wasn't realistic for me to make a commitment of I'm going to send a newsletter every week. Now, my colleague Kate McKean also has a brilliant newsletter called Agents And Books. She does two newsletters a week. Right? We both have different audiences, different strategies, different approaches, and it's really cool to see what she does and what I do slightly different because I, at the beginning said, "I'm going to send these irregularly." When I first created it, it was in sort of the copy that I made. Anybody who has followed it has known that there will be periods where you won't hear from me for a minute, but then I'll send a new one out. The balance is you can sort of focus on regularity of getting the piece of content out, and it's usually a little bit shorter, it's a little bit more pointed, or, what I do, is make sure that what I'm giving somebody… I'm trying to make sure every piece is pretty special to the audience. Right? I'm putting a lot of care and craft into what I'm writing. Not that you don't for a daily update, but I'm giving something a little bit more emotional, I think, then what my colleague Kate does. Right? So I think finding that balance point between okay, if I'm not doing a weekly update, what am I offering my audience that sort of makes up for the lack of regularity in a way that balances it out for them.
[Howard] Yeah. To be sure here, if we had decided that Writing Excuses was going to be a 30 minute episode instead of a 15 minute episode, the weekly schedule would have crushed us.
[Dan] Yeah.
[Howard] Because the recording sessions, we just wouldn't have had enough time to do the things that we wanted to do.
[Dongwon] Yeah. Those people who do like weekly three hour podcasts? Unimaginable, to me, how they do that. I mean, it's just a bigger part of their lives. I think we all have primary things that we're doing that are incredibly time-consuming. So we can fit in these 15 minute a week episodes. Which is, just, again, a really different balance point.
 
[Howard] Dongwon, you talked about how the crushing expectations can prevent people from even getting started. For a while, I had a twitch stream… I still have technically, a twitch stream, I just haven't streamed in forever. A twitch stream in which the art that I was doing for the X DM books was showing up as part of the stream. Then something happened, I don't remember exactly what it was, but I realized the effort of configuring things so that I can stream this is preventing me from getting the work done. The stress of having an audience in front of me is preventing me from doing the really hard work where I have to be unafraid of making mistakes. I'm just not comfortable doing that on stream. Which is weird to hear from the guy whose 20… Or whose year 2000 artwork is available for everybody to look at. But, long story short, I stopped streaming and started getting the work done. So, yeah, the decision to create regular content can be a decision that results in less productivity. That's not what any of us want.
[Yeah]
[Dan] Well, I'm glad you brought that up because one of the points I want to make here is this is not an episode about how you should start a podcast.
[Laughter]
[Dan] Or about how you should have a TikTok. Right? We are not telling you that any of these outlets are necessary for an artist's career. What we're trying to get across is the idea that you need to look at your own output, at your own schedule, decide for yourself if one of these extra peripheral activities might be valuable to you, and then see what would be the best format to stick that into. If you want to do a podcast, you want to do a quick and dirty weekly one like we're doing, you want to do something longer and research that comes out in discrete chunks once a year, how do you want to structure that? Maybe the answer is nothing at all. All three of us used to be on Typecast which ran for about three years with different cast members here and there. We really worked hard to make that a weekly thing as consistent as possible. It wasn't always. Eventually, we had to let go of it because our schedules became such that it was not worth our time anymore. Sometimes that happens.
[Dongwon] Yeah. I think an important point here…
[Howard] I still miss it.
[Dongwon] I do miss it too, actually. Yeah, it was fun. If I have any point here, it's… Yeah, don't feel like you have to do these things. If you do do it though, if you're thinking about it, don't be afraid to experiment. Right? Don't feel like just because most or some newsletters are weekly, that this is a thing that you're tying yourself to, but you're going to have to do every week. I think that expectation can actually limit you more than open things up. Right? So, don't be afraid to experiment, try new things, and don't feel like you have to do the one piece of advice that you've heard elsewhere. You can do in a regular schedule. My only advice is as you do that, to under-promise and over-deliver. If you're not sure you can do weekly, don't tell people upfront you're doing weekly. Right? Just say, "I'm trying this out, this is an experiment, let's see how it goes." Right? I'm currently launching a monthly twitch stream and I've said many times, this is experimental. We're trying this out. I'm trying to figure out how do I do scheduling, how do I coordinate this, how do I get guests on. All of this stuff. It's been super fun so far, pretty easy so far. But we'll see where I'm at in six months. So, just make sure that you're being realistic with yourself and realistic with your audience. Because where this goes wrong is when people feel really misled. Right?
[Dan] Yeah.
[Dongwon] There have been times where I've under-promised and under-delivered. Right? Like, that happens. But I think if you have that relation with the audience, you can work with them and sort of make it up to them and find a way to balance that out.
[Dan] Yeah.
 
[Howard] If you take away anything from this episode, under-promise, over-deliver. That's your soundbite. Thank you, Dongwon.
[Chuckles]
[Dan] That's a very good one.
[Dongwon] You're welcome. Words to live by.
 
[Dan] Let me throw out one more thing that I've learned with my newsletter. Which I do try to send out regularly. But regularly for me use… It is not tied to a day of the week or a day of the month. I try to do a monthly newsletter, but it is more important for me to get it out on a Monday than it is to get it out on the first Monday of the month. Just because I know that that is the time when it is most likely to be seen and clicked on. So that's a different kind of consistency, and a different kind of schedule keeping to keep in mind.
 
[Howard] Yep. Hey, Dongwon, you want to send us home with some homework?
[Dongwon] Yeah. So, here's what I'd like all of you to do. Make a list of all of your regular commitments, the stuff that you're obligated to do every week. Whether that's going to therapy, picking up your kids, whatever it is that you have that is a regular thing. Put that on the list somewhere. Then, once you have all of that together, consider your bandwidth for adding new items to that list. Is that a daily Instagram post? Is that a weekly TikTok? Is that a newsletter? Is that this, is that another thing? Really think about what do I actually have time for. Then make a rough schedule of what content updates you could do in a sample month. Right? What feels realistic, what feels manageable. Then reduce that by a little bit. Right, in that under-promise kind of component. Right? Think about what feels realistic now, and then realize that you're probably not going to hit that target. What's a little bit under that that you could shoot for. Yeah. I think that's a good place to get started in terms of putting together a content plan for yourself.
[Howard] Outstanding. That's… It almost sounds like a life hack. Hey, I think we did it. I think we filled our December 11 hole.
[Dan] Yay!
[Howard] So. Fair listeners, this has been Writing Excuses. You are out of excuses. Now go write.
 
mbarker: (Burp)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 17.5: The Promise of the Brand
 
 
Key Points: Your packaging needs to target the right niche. The cover is an advertisement, which needs to evoke the right feel, the right genre, and the right audience. Step one, go look at the current books like your books and see what the trend is. You get to decide which faces are public, which ones are private, and which face is the right one for this moment. Check out para social relationships. Ask people, let them tell you what they see. Let them be your mirror. Put themes of what you are in each book. 
 
[Season 17, Episode 5]
 
[Howard] This is Writing Excuses, The Promise of the Brand.
[Kaela] 15 minutes long.
[Sandra] Because you're in a hurry.
[Megan] And we're not that smart.
[Howard] I'm Howard.
[Kaela] I'm Kaela.
[Sandra] I'm Sandra.
[Megan] And I'm Meg.
 
[Howard] When we began this series of eight episodes about expectations and promises, I mentioned the 2009 example of the Tropicana Pure Premium orange juice cover redesign. The design of the carton. This is, for me, the apex fail for brands, for making brands, for working off your existing brand. They took the existing brand, which was an orange with a straw stuck in it, and changed it to a nice sleek glass of orange juice. The ad execs had said, "You know, you've got this carton of pure Premium orange juice, and you know what, you never show people a picture of the juice. Let's talk about what's actually in the carton." So they changed it to this picture of this glass of juice, and they change the, which is… It's like a half gallon milk carton, the newer ones that have little plastic caps in the middle of the sloped face. They changed the little orange plastic cap to be a little half dome plastic orange. So it looked like an orange. They said, "So, here we're sending the message that, yes, it came from an orange, and it's full of juice, and it's awesome." As we mentioned, several episodes earlier, they spent $30 million on this redesign, and sales dropped by 20%, in large part because people just couldn't find what they were looking for. They couldn't find the Tropicana Pure Premium, so they were buying Donald Duck brand orange juice. "Oh, if I can't get the Pure Premium, I might as well buy stuff from concentrate." Whatever. Tropicana sales fell off so hard that they went back to their old design, and they lost like 50 million+ dollars over this whole thing. The mistake that was made here is that the ad exec assumed that we associate a picture of orange juice with orange juice, and we associate a plastic orange with authentic orange juice. It's like they got their wires exactly crossed. In this episode, we want to talk about how, especially for self pubbers, how your brand is defined by cover art and text treatments and all of these other things in order to send the right message and make the right promises to your audiences. Sandra?
[Sandra] Yes. One of the… I talk about this a lot because I do a lot of the business aspects and packaging aspects for our business. One of the things that is very important to hold in your brain as a creative person is that you've written this glorious story, and now you need to package up the story you've created in a delivery vehicle that will aim it straight into the heart of your niche. Wherever you want your story to go, to package it in a way that will deliver it there. Because failures to package correctly means that your book ends up in a mismatched audience, who will then pan your book and tank your sales. This is why being mis-shelved is a problem. Because if your cover is saying mystery when what you're delivering is a thriller, then the audience has picked it up expecting one thing and you're delivering a pro… You've delivered something else. Your packaging promised something that isn't there. They're going to be frustrated with it. So one of the key things that… I always, always, always drum into people that I'm talking about this with is that a cover is not an illustration. A cover is an advertisement. It should evoke the feel of your story, it should evoke the genre of your story, it should evoke who the audience is. It does not matter at all character on the cover matches any of the descriptions… Well, qualification there. But you don't have to match perfectly your description on the inside.
[Howard] Yeah. That's… That principle happens… We see a lot in comics. The cover of a comic book is not a scene from the book.
[Sandra] Right.
[Howard] The cover of a comic book is an illustration of the conflict in this book. Spiderman is going to fight Venom and they're going to do it in a big city. So we see Spiderman and Venom and cars being thrown around. But that panel never actually happened that way. But there are lots of other good examples of this, of the brand being… The brand wrappering the content in good ways. I'm aiming at Kaela and Meg now.
[Chuckles]
[Howard] Who's ready?
 
[Megan] Okay. One of my favorite examples of a cover that really knew its audience is Eva Evergreen Semi-Magical Witch. It's a middle grade fantasy for people who love Kiki's Delivery Service. Right? So that first thing… Like, I hadn't… Yeah, I love Kiki's Delivery Service. I love Ghibli movies. I was just walking around and I look over and I see this adorable witch with an adorable animal companion on a broom who's smiling. She looks slightly anime, but not full anime. She has a long dark dress and she looks adorable and she's got her wand. I was like, "That gives me so strong Kiki's Delivery vibes." I went over immediately and picked it up. I was like, "I want to read this now."
[Giggles]
[Howard] I'm looking at the cover right now, and it's not our book of the week, but boy, howdy, that cover knows exactly who it's aiming for.
[Megan] Yeah.
[Howard] If you love Kiki's Delivery Service, you want to read this book. Is this book a repackaging of Kiki's Delivery Service? No. But if you loved that, you'll love this. You love fresh orange juice, you'll love what's in this carton. Because it's got a picture of an orange.
[Laughter]
[Megan] It may not be book of the week, but it is cover of the week. Good cover of the week.
[Howard] Oh, my. That is so brilliant.
[Megan] It is. I'm the sort of person where I'm in a bookstore, and I'm looking for a book that I don't know, I always go for an illustrated cover over a photo or a photo edited cover. Which has no indication, really, as to how much the writing would appeal to me, but I love beautifully illustrated book covers. That is actually a trend I'm seeing more and more of is fewer photos and more full illustrations. Sandra?
[Sandra] That is step one. When you're trying to figure out how to position your book, step one is literally go to the place where the books like your book are shelved and see what is the current trend. Because a mistake I see from people of my generation is that they love these 70s style covers that evoke the 1970s because that was what they were familiar with. There writing a book for teenagers and this is what they loved when they were a teenager. That is a mismatch for today's market. So you need to go find out what the current cover language is for where your aiming, so that your cover can be in communication and in dialogue with what the current trend is and just be the new cool thing.
 
[Howard] Kaela?
[Kaela] Yeah. So, I think that one of the… My cover for Cece Rios… One of… What I love about it is how… When you think of middle grade, honestly, those sections, most of it's blue. Just the colors are mostly blue. Sometimes you get a little purple in there, you might get some highlights in red, but for some reason, most middle grade books are just kind of blue colors. Blue shades. I thought it was so fun… I mean, one, because it's appropriate, but, too, that Mirella Ortega and my cover designer Catherine Lee, and everything, did such a good job. Like, one thing I told them was high saturation because that matches Mexican culture as well. But they decided to go full on into these oranges. Which means that when you put it on a shelf with any of the others, it stands out automatically, because it's the contrast color of most of the other colors on its shelf. While also still matching the vibe of all the other books on the shelf. Like, it's illustrated, it's got something about it that seems fun, it's got a strong main character full front, like middle grade often does, but it's done something to draw attention to itself at the same time. That is representative of what is inside, not just, "Oh, man, this is eye-catching. But it doesn't match."
[Howard] I'm looking at that cover right now, and it's… It's very, very warm. You mentioned that it's complementary to maybe the blue or the purple colors that you'll see alongside it. True, but there is lavender and purple right there in the cover text, so the complement… It doesn't need to be sitting next to something else to fill the requirements of good color matching. This is really, really well done. Now most of us don't get to design our own covers. The important thing here is that we need to recognize what the covers look like of the things that we will be sitting next to because the cover makes a promise. If I see a Michael Whalen or a Whalenesque illustration, a full wraparound piece of art, around a big fat book, I'm positive that it is going to be an epic fantasy. I'm 100% positive of that. If I open it up and it's a political thriller, well, that'd be weird. That'd be super weird.
 
[Megan] Yup. So, like you said how most authors don't have say… Not say, but most authors don't design their own book covers. A lot of filmmakers do not get to cut their own trailers. So you will have… I think a pretty recent example of this is the Netflix show Q Force, which is an adult comedy about a set of LGBTQ superspies that end up coming together as a team. It is a comedy, it has fun elements to it, but it also is like very sincere with a lot of heart in the series. However, the released trailer pretty much only took the goofs and the jokes and made it look like it was a stereotype poking fun of those different identities. So a lot of people who would have, I think, deeply enjoyed the show were very off put by this trailer. Something that's fun about this is a lot of times in film school, you'll get the assignment to re-cut a movie into a trailer of an opposite genre. So I did not make this trailer, but one of my favorite examples of this is Scary Mary…
[Yes!]
[Megan] Mary Poppins redone as a horror film.
[Howard] My favorite is Shining, where they took The Shining and they made it this family…
[Romantic comedy]
[Howard] Romantic comedy. Yeah, coming-of-age thing.
 
[Howard] We need to do a book of the week. We've talked about a lot of books that have had glorious covers. But we have an actual book of the week.
[Sandra] Yes. I have that this week. The book of the week I've chosen is Illuminae by Amie Kaufman and Jay Kristoff. This book is brilliant packaging at its finest. It is… Like, it's a book with a slipcover, and the slipcover is actually clear plastic so you can see through it. So, there's clear spots that you can then see text that's printed on the actual hardback. Things are crossed out. So the packaging promises you kind of conspiracy theories and things that are hidden that you're trying to puzzle out and reveal. Then, on the inside, they use typography to tell parts of the story.
[Howard] Sandra is currently holding this up to…
[Yes]
[Howard] Our WebCams.
[Sandra] Yes. It's too beautiful. Like [garbled]
[Howard] The remaining three of us are here slack-jawed. Like…
[Sandra] There's art inside. There's a part where they're shooting missiles and the text actually trails itself across the page as if it's the missile trail.
[Howard] Oh, that's glorious.
[Sandra] It uses fontography as storytelling.
[Howard] Well, what I'm looking at the cover and with the clear and the effects that they've done with that, that… Yes, it makes a promise about the kind of story that's being told, but when I get to a page that has a missile trailing text, that is… That fulfills a surprising yet inevitable.
[Sandra] Yes.
[Howard] Oh. Oh, you promised me this kind of design, but I had no idea you would shoot missiles with words.
[Sandra] Yeah. Seriously, go to your local bookstore and look at a physical copy of this book, because browsing it online does not actually give you the experience of it. Yeah. So, Illuminae. There's three books in the series, this is the first one. They're all brilliant, and the stories are brilliant as well.
 
[Howard] Now. We have talked at great length, and only scratched the surface about the visual elements in our brands. These are the things that for most writers, most authors, it's out of our control. A huge part of your brand, however, is within your control. What is… What are the things that you, your name as a brand, means? My name, Howard Tayler, people associate me with Schlock Mercenary. I have a twitter feed that doesn't drop f-bombs and that doesn't do piles and piles of negging. These are things that are part of my brand. They're inherent in kind of the way I am, so it's easy. But at this point, I have now made a promise. If I were to start just trash talking everybody and throwing profanity in my twitter feed, I would be breaking a promise to the people who have followed me on twitter because of my brand.
[Sandra] I think it's very easy, for creators, especially people who are young in having a creative career, no matter what their chronological age may be… There's this adaptation. Where we have to figure out and figure out who we are as authors and how we present ourselves. It can be very anxiety inducing. The thing that I always come back to is in the Phantom Tollbooths, which is a fun adventure story, there's a set of characters called the dodecahedron That people who have heads that are literally dodecahedrons. They have a face with happy on it, and a face with sat on it, and a face with mad on it. They turn the face forward, whatever is appropriate to the moment. So their heads are actually rotating as they emote. That is a useful visual image, because you are also a dodecahedron, and you get to decide which of your faces are public and which of your faces are private, and which one is the right face to be putting forward at this moment. I'm in a book release cycle, so I need to be putting this face forward. Okay, now I'm in a lull cycle, so I can put together… I can let this other face show more often. All of it is you. You are not creating a character. Some people do create a character that they inhabit. But I find that that is mentally and emotionally exhausting over time, and it's much better to just show aspects of yourself, rather than trying to maintain an entire façade.
[Cough. Hans. Cough.]
[Sandra] Yeah. Hans. Yeah, that's…
[Laughter]
[call back]
[Sandra] Here we go. So it's a lot to decide and it's a lot to navigate and again, we could talk for hours just on this. Search term for you. Para social relationships. If you are going to live in a public life in any way, learn about para social relationships and how they work.
 
[Kaela] Yes. I'd also… This is just something I'd recommend, like a tool for you, but… I know that some of the older Writing Excuses episodes from I think January 2021, the business of being a writer, goes into this a little bit as well. But asking people, trying to get a finger on what other people are receiving from your brand, because you're bringing your self to the table. Right? You know, again, you've got all of these faces, so you're like, I don't know which ones other people see all the time. Kind of like how you don't really know how you look, you just see yourself in a mirror sometimes. So being able to get a pulse from other people, what your brand is. Like that, I have my writing group and I have some people from my family who read my books and things like that give me a few notes on… I'll say, just tell me what you… When I write something, things that you think happen a lot I found that they were like worldbuilding, luscious stuff, high-stakes mixed with very potent emotional exploration. I was like, "Okay." That gave me a pulse on like… When I'm sitting down to write something, in my delivering on at least some of these promises. Not every book is going to be the same book, but it should have themes of what I am in each book.
[Howard] That sounds a lot like you're not going to be able to just pour concentrated… From concentrate orange juice into that carton and make people…
[Very much]
[Howard] And make people happy.
[Yeah]
 
[Howard] Any other final words before I throw homework down?
[Megan] I had… A thing I do periodically is go through a social med… I've got a Facebook and I've got a Twitter and I've got an Instagram. I periodically just read through my feed to see what the balance of content is there. Is it… Am I re-tweeting a lot or am I… Has this been a complaining week? If it's been a complaining week, then maybe I should throw a cat picture. Just trying to see that I don't fall into the habit of posting just happy on Facebook and complain on Twitter. Trying… Just to see how I'm reading.
[Howard] That's… I feel like we need to can of worms that, because we could talk about that sort of…
[Tuning]
[Howard] Oh. That's a ton of work.
 
[Howard] Instead of that is a ton of work, it's a ton of work homework for you. Okay? Here we go. This is two phases, and this is deep stuff. Describe the perfect cover art for your work in progress. Now, when I say describe, you can use comp titles, comp pictures, to your heart's content. For instance, remember that Star Wars poster where Luke is holding the lightsaber up, and you got Darth Vader's silhouette in the background? Yeah, it's kind of like that, except the setting is forest greenery with mist and fog and there's eyes peering out of the forest. Okay. Well, you've now used words to give us a picture that we can kind of see. So, do this description. Then explain why this is the perfect cover. What promises does that cover make to the audience? How does it account for audience bias? Here's part two, and part two is easy. Okay? What is the right typeface for your name? Is it serif and san serif? Is it weathered or is it crisp? Is it larger than the title? Hello, Brandon Sanderson. Or is it tiny, down in the corner? Hello, me. What is… You probably have lots of fonts on your computer. Experiment with this and see what text treatment seems to fit what you imagine to be your brand. Then write down why. Why do you think that text treatment makes the right promises about who you are? I said it was big. It's huge. You're out of excuses. Now go write about pictures and fonts.
 
mbarker: (Burp)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 16.52: Structure is a Promise
 
 
Key points: A structure you pick may set expectations and make promises you didn't expect. Kishotenketsu. Police procedurals. Mysteries have clues! Three act structure, and hero's journey. Be aware of the structure you use, because audience satisfaction may depend on it. Save the Cat! M.I.C.E. Quotient. Use the structure, but paint over the color-by-numbers, too. Younger readers may need to be taught about the structure. Consider using the nesting of M.I.C.E. Quotient because it is satisfying to audiences.
 
[Transcriptionist note: Again, I may have confused the labeling. Apologies for any mistakes.]
 
[Season 16, Episode 52]
 
[Howard] This is Writing Excuses, Structure is a Promise.
[Kaela] 15 minutes long.
[Sandra] Because you're in a hurry.
[Megan] And we're not that smart.
[Howard] I'm Howard.
[Kaela] I'm Kaela.
[Sandra] I'm Sandra.
[Megan] And I'm Meg.
 
[Howard] I'm here to tell you that whatever structure you picked for the thing you're working on is making a promise that you may not know you've made. For instance, if you're using the hero's journey, you may have promised people that the nice mentor character who is helping your hero is totally going to die. If you haven't decided that they're going to die, your audience may actually be disappointed when your Gandalf or your Yoda survives all the way into Act Three. We're going to talk about how the various structures we use set expectations for audiences and make promises. Often, these are cases of audience bias where we have no control of what people are expecting when they pick up what we've made.
[Kaela] Yeah. I kind of have a fun story about this. When I was younger, I watched Spirited Away for the first time. I'd watched a few Ghibli movies, but I wasn't really much into anime. So I was really unfamiliar with non-Western story structures. So I started watching Spirited Away, and it was this delightful charming thing, but I got about a third of the way into it and I started feeling this underlying anxiety about where is this story going. I don't… Like, we just keep… Like, ah. It actually interfered with my ability to enjoy the movie at all. Because I… My story brain was expecting three act structure with peaks and climaxes and pinch points and all of these things. Instead, Spirited Away is a much more kind of kishotenketsu, which is long slow buildup, world changing event, and then resolution. Because I as an audience member had no idea that that structure even existed, it was so hard for me to engage with the story that was on the screen. Because my brain was like, "What is happening here?" That is, to me, a beautiful example of the way that the structure creates a promise, and because I, as an audience, brought an expectation with me that the story didn't deliver on. I've since watched it multiple times and I love it for exactly what it is now that I know where it's going.
[Megan] Something you find in a lot of especially Hayao Miyazaki's films is that sort of exploration of the world before we get to what you were saying, with the structure wise, because he does not start with a screenplay. Hayao Miyazaki storyboards his whole movie. I'm not going to say like free-form stream of conscious, but he'll just start with the images of a theme, and he'll build just right in a row the whole film before he turns it over to the animators.
[Kaela] Oh, that's a fascinating process.
[Megan] You can buy books of his storyboards. You can see his hand drawings of the entire film. He does it all himself. It's incredible.
[Howard] Well, sadly, we are recording this too close to Christmas for me to say that's what y'all should get me for Christmas…
[Laughter]
[Howard] And have it actually arrive. I think that the story structure underpinning a lot of Hayao Miyazaki is kishotenketsu, which is a four-part structure that we haven't talked about much in Writing Excuses. We talk a little bit about it in Xtreme Dungeon Mastery. But it wasn't until I looked at that story structure that some of the Miyazaki films actually made sense. I was like, "Oh. This is why this happens here instead of happening here." Because my expectations were wrong. But let's talk about some other structures. What are some other structures that make promises and what are those promises?
 
[Megan] I love hour-long police procedurals. Detective procedurals, murder mysteries. I like, in any language, any like country, I love watching hour-long procedurals. One of the things that that usually promises…
[Howard] By hour-long, you mean like 47 minutes?
[Megan] Yeah. 47 minutes with breaks for commercials. Because those commercials or act breaks are an important part of the structure. That cliffhanger you'll get three act breaks in, where you're like, "Oh. There's another body. What are we going to do now?" [Garbled] there. One of the frustrations I had with watching the BBC Sherlock is that show is all about, of course, what a genius Sherlock is, so it didn't drop the audience clues the way most procedurals would. Sherlock just knows the answer. Or he paid someone offscreen to do the research for him. Instead of somebody dropping a line early on about, "Oh, yeah. Diatomaceous earth. It's used for tropical fish, and is used for this, and it's used for this." And the murder tool has diatomaceous earth on it. Then somebody in Act III casually mentions, "I love my tropical fish," and if you're paying attention, you're like, "That's the murderer."
[Chuckles]
[Megan] Because I'm someone who likes to guess along with it.
[Oh, yeah.]
[Megan] So shows that break that storytelling, or telling a different kind of story, like BBC Sherlock, it's very hard to guess what happens next, because it's not relying on the structure I was expecting going in.
[Kaela] yeah. I would say the BBC Sherlock is not actually a procedural in any way. Which is a surprise for a Sherlock show.
[Yeah]
[Howard] But this actually kind of steps across the line from structure to genre. Because… That's okay. But police procedural is its own kind of genre that comes with an embedded structure. It's weird to me that Sherlock failed to adhere to that, because Sir Arthur Conan Doyle invented…
[Chuckles]
[Howard] The police procedural with the Sherlock Holmes books. We circled back around and BBC said, "Pht! We don't want to do a police procedural, we want to do Sherlock Holmes, who is also Doctor Who and Merlin."
[Yeah. Chuckles.]
 
[Howard] But that's me [garbled]. Kaela? You had something you wanted to…
[Kaela] Yeah. So I guess the three act structure's probably my bread-and-butter as a writer. Like, that's how I do… And the hero's journey. Those are like two of my favorites. I guess I like that the hero's journey is just something that you do find embedded in all mythology. Mythology is my… That's my house, man. Mythology… I love the way it speaks universally. But also, it gives you a pretty strong structure for character growth and, like, that's the number one thing for me in stories as well as… Character growth in the hero's journey is just so good. That's why I think that when I watch a show that's kind of promising a hero's journey structure and then they don't really grow, I get frustrated. I'm like, "Ah, that was kind of the whole point, is that you change, but you didn't. Now I feel a little bit cheated. Can I have my refund for this Netflix?"
[Laughter]
 
[Howard] Oh. Oh, goodness. So, book of the week. I'm going to pitch to you Eragon by Christopher Paolini. Because this is a book which unapologetically draws from the three act… Or not the three act, the hero's journey structure as deployed by Tolkien and George Lucas. To the point that a friend of mine was reading, I think, book 2 and his friend was reading book 1. His friend picked up… Looked up from his, and he says, "Hey. Have they met Yoda yet?"
[Chuckles]
[Howard] "What do you mean, have they met Yoda yet?" "Well, because I…" These were guys who were super familiar with the form. I'm not knocking Christopher Paolini. He was incredibly successful by delivering a hero's journey which telegraphed the fact that it was a hero's journey and made it super approachable for audiences. So. Eragon, the book.
[Yeah. Chuckles.]
[Howard] I've been told that the movie is not something we speak of in our house.
[Laughter. What movie?]
[Howard] Eragon, the book, by Christopher Paolini.
[To me]
 
[Howard] Let's talk about some other structures. Sandra, you had something?
[Sandra] [garbled what I was going to say] is that… Taking this back to the whole idea of what can we as writers do, it's important to be aware that the structure you pick is going to create an expectation for the story you're creating. That means that when you are pulling back and looking at the craft and looking at… You had a head full of ideas and characters and what have you, you need to pay attention to the structure, the framework that you're going to stretch your characters and stories across, because that will determine some of the satisfaction of the reader when they're done reading your story, and that kind of thing.
[Howard] Meg.
[Megan] When I was first reading the Eragon books, they actually ended up not being for me, because I loved the original Star Wars trilogy so much that I felt like the books were too close. So, there's that precarious balance of "Yeah, I wanted something like Star Wars in a fantasy world, but. Not. This. Close." I remember getting really frustrated and not finishing the series, because I'm like, "Well, I know everything that's going to happen anyways, so why should I even…" So that's something about… I'd like to segue a little bit into Save the Cat! That I deal with a lot working in the animation industry. Because you will have people that'll be like, "Okay. Make it Save the Cat, but a little different." Because now everybody knows it, and everybody reads it. I have some development friends who, when they're reading a script go… It'll actually be marked against you if you hit all the Save the Cat beats on exactly the pages that Save the Cat recommends you do it in your screenplay.
[Laughter]
[Megan] [garbled] feeling that, "Oh, this writer is just painting by numbers and they're not telling an emotional authentic story."
[Oh, that's…]
 
[Howard] When you take a structure… When you use… We've talked about this in our episodes on M.I.C.E. Quotient and hero's journey and Hollywood formula and whatever else. I've used this metaphor before. When you adhere to the formula so closely that every beat is predictable, it's like people can see the lines in the color-by-number. You just filled in the little spaces with color, you didn't actually paint over it and make your own picture. It's the difference between canned beans and fresh beans. It still beans, but if you can taste the can, something's gone wrong.
[Chuckles]
[Sandra] Which is interesting. I mean… This… I think we'll get more into this talking about genre, but there are certain audience segments where… I'm sorry, but they want to taste the can. Like, they showed up for canned beans, and they want to taste the can.
[Chuckles]
[Sandra] That's, again, a thing where you're paying attention to your audience, who are you speaking to, and is this an audience who really wants like to taste the can as they go through their media or are they going to be grouchy because you didn't cook fresh?
[Megan] Knowing your audience I think is definitely an important part of how you handle your structure. Like, who are you speaking to, and things like that. We'll get more into that in the next episode with the genre and media promises, too.
[Well, I mean…]
[Kaela] It can be frustrating…
[Go ahead.]
[Kaela] I was going to say, it can be frustrating as a creator when the person who's in charge of publishing your book or distributing your film project, where you're like, "No, listen. Fresh beans are so good." They're like, "Ah. But the can sell so well."
[Yes]
[Kaela] That sometimes it can be hard to break expectations and conventions and still get a large enough audience that's interested in your niche fresh organic beans.
[Chuckles]
[Then…]
[Howard] This is a case where I err on the side of understand the structure first. Know how the structure works. Apply the structure in your writing or your rewriting. Then, if your alpha readers or your beta readers say, "Your structure didn't make promises and then keep them, it telegraphed your punches and sucked all the energy out of them." Then you know that it's time to go back in and over paint the color-by-numbers so people can't see the grid. Sandra.
 
[Sandra] Another factor to consider… We have three authors here who write for young audiences. You have to remember that what is old and tired and uber familiar to an older audience is brand-new for someone who's 12. They've never encountered it before. One of the reasons that Eragon succeeded so well is because it hit a generation that hadn't grown up with Star Wars. They may or may not have been exposed to Star Wars. But, like, for example, my kids just all rejected Star Wars, which meant Eragon was amazing and fresh and they'd never encountered this before. So our oldest child latched onto Eragon as this brilliant, brilliant thing because it was the first encountering of that hero's journey and it really spoke to her. So when you are writing for younger children, sometimes you need to teach them what beans are.
[Laughter]
[garbled new product]
[Sandra] You are te… You are… As you're writing for young children, you are teaching them the story structures that they will then have in their head as expectations for the rest of their life, which is amazing and scary as a creator.
 
[Howard] One of the structures that I want to mention here is the M.I.C.E. Quotient because M.I.C.E. works so well. It's milieu, interrogation, character, and event. This structural formula in which you determine what types of sub stories are being told in your story based on these elements. One of the principles of structuring things by M.I.C.E. is that… It's the FILO principal, first in, last out. If you open with milieu, then your story ends with milieu. Milieu was first in, milieu is last out. It's this whole idea of nested parentheses. If you go milieu, idea, character, then it ends character, idea, milieu. This is something that audiences are not typically conscious of when they're consuming a story that's… Because those things are so blurry by the time you've backed all the way away from it. But if you keep that promise, if you adhere to that structure, it's inherently satisfying and it's subtle. It's something that audiences often don't know has been done to them. That's one of my favorite things. That's, for me, the difference between the fresh beans and the canned beans, is that, hey, I delivered the beans, and I delivered them fresh, and you can't tell that I used the recipe off the back of the can or whatever. The metaphor's falling apart.
[Chuckles]
[garbled second metaphors do that]
[Howard] Metaphors do that. Especially from my lips.
 
[Howard] Hey, we're 18 minutes in. Kaela, do you have homework for us?
[Kaela] I do. Get your pencils ready everybody. I'll be grading.
[Laughter]
[Kaela] No. So, your homework for today, of course, is to first you want to look up all the things that we talked about today. M.I.C.E., the three acts, Save the Cat, hero's journey, kishotenketsu, all of the good stuff. Then, I want you to take your favorite thing, like, if it's your favorite movie, your favorite novel, your favorite web comic, whatever it is. Sit down with it, have these structures out in some way. You can pick one at a time if you want, and watch it all the way through and reverse engineer what it's doing. So you can see how it is hitting or you can even identify which structure it's using or going off of, at least as a skeleton. Then, for bonus points… You want those bonus points, right? Go ahead and take your least favorite thing. I recommend it be a short thing, just so you don't have to spend too much time with it. Then look at the structure again. Reverse engineer why it's not working. You'll learn a lot by reverse engineering things. I highly recommend that process.
[Howard] Thank you, Kaela. Thank you, Megan and Sandra. We're out of time. This has been Writing Excuses. You are out of excuses. Now go write.
 
mbarker: (BrainUnderRepair)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 16.51: Promises are a Structure
 
 
Key points: Promises and expectations. A structural layer. A troubleshooting tool. Audience expectations are what they bring with them. Promises are what you make, which set the audience expectation for what is coming. Be aware that audiences have a head full of stuff that you have no control over. This interacts with audience bias and diversity. The bookshelf genre vs. the elemental genre. Set the expectation, deliver on it, and make it delightful. Deliver more than the reader expects! 
 
[Transcriptionist note: I may have mislabeled one or more of the speakers.]
[Season 16, Episode 51]
 
[Howard] This is Writing Excuses, Promises are a Structure.
[Kaela] 15 minutes long.
[Sandra] Because you're in a hurry.
[Megan] And we're not that smart.
[Howard] I'm Howard.
[Kaela] I'm Kaela.
[Sandra] I'm Sandra.
[Megan] And I'm Meg.
 
[Howard] I'm so excited to have three brand-new to you guests, guest hosts, here with us on Writing Excuses. We're going to go ahead and start by letting them introduce themselves. Kaela. Take it away.
[Kaela] Hi, everybody. I'm Kaela Rivera. I am the author of CeCe Rios and the Desert of Souls, a middle grade Latinx fantasy about a girl who becomes a bruja in order to rescue her kidnapped sister. It also just last month, or recently, has won the Charlotte Huck Award for 2022, so that was really exciting.
[Howard] Outstanding. Now, you say just last month and then you say recently. You realize this airs… This episode is going to do something that very few of our episodes ever do. It's going to air the day after we record it.
[Kaela] Well, then, I'll stick with a month ago.
[Laughter]
 
[Howard] Fantastic. Congratulations. Sandra?
[Sandra] Hi. I'm Sandra Tayler. I'm a writer of speculative fiction, picture books, and blog entries. My most recently published books are Strength of Wild Horses and Hold onto Your Horses, which are a pair of picture books. But I also write short stories which I post to my Patreon, and you can find it over at patreon/Sandra Taylor. I'm also the Sandra of which Howard sometimes mentions at various times on Writing Excuses. Because we share a house and some children and a business.
[Chuckles]
[Howard] And Sandra is understating a little bit her latest books. Every time a Schlock Mercenary book comes out, it has seen the editorial hand of Sandra in all of the content and the layout hand of Sandra Tayler in everything. And Sandra's done a bunch of writing for the new Extreme Dungeon Mastery book that's coming out.
[Sandra] This is true.
[Howard] So, lots of stuff. I sometimes have to remind Sandra how awesome she is.
[Sandra] I was trying to be brief.
[Laughter]
 
[Howard] Brief is fine. Brief is fine, but… Okay. Meg. Megan. Meg.
[Megan] Hi, everyone. I really just have one name, but it just sounds weird when you pair it with my last name, so… My name is Megan Lloyd. I am a storyboard artist and screenwriter working in the animation industry out in Los Angeles. I've storyboarded on a number of really cool shows. Some of my favorites that have released recently are Jurassic World Camp Cretaceous and Star Trek: Lower Decks. On top of my work as a board artist, I also write and also do development art for projects early on in the can, let's say.
[Howard] So… You… Early on… And on is one of those anywhere a cat can go prepositions. Another anywhere a cat can go prepositions is under is in under nondisclosure.
[Megan] Yes. That's the one.
[Chuckles]
[Howard] I mention cat because for those of you not benefiting from the visual video feed, which is pretty much everybody except the four of us, Meg has a cat perched on the back of her chair, which is kind of amazing.
[Megan] Isn't he horrible?
[Howard] [garbled I didn't know you could] get cats to do that.
 
[Howard] All right.
[Very cute]
[Howard] Promises are a structure. For the next eight episodes, we are going to talk about promises and expectations as a structural layer, as a troubleshooting tool, is a way in which you can look at what you're working on and determine whether or not you're correctly setting expectations, whether you're making promises that you plan to keep, whether you're… What's the jargon? Writing checks that are going to bounce? I was tempted, because this is an eight episode intensive, I was tempted to call it (sunglasses) Eight Expectations.
[Chuckles]
[Howard] Explosion.
[Laughter]
[Howard] But then I would have to enumerate this, break it into eight discrete parts. Because eight expectations is making a promise that I'm not actually prepared to keep.
[Chuckles]
[Howard] This is a little more fluid than that. I do want to layout something, though, that promises and expectations are not truly interchangeable terms. In marketing, audience expectations are things that you set, or that you need to be aware of when you are doing your marketing. They… An audience will bring their expectations with them, before anything has happened. When we talk about promises, usually that's because something you have said or done or written or put on the cover or whatever has made some sort of a promise to the reader, has set their expectations for something which is coming. I also want to point out that audience bias is huge here. Now, I've just done a lot of talking.
[Sandra] Well, I…
[Howard] I'm going to throw this one of to our… Sandra, go ahead.
[Sandra] Yeah. I was just going to say that last piece that you mentioned is a huge piece, because anytime you create a thing, audience is going to arrive at the thing with a head full of stuff that you have no control over. So one of the most important things to, as you are setting expectations, it is important to have a feel for kind of the Zeitgeist and kind of societal… If you placed your book as a fantasy novel, then the world at large is going to have a set of stuff in their head that they think fits fantasy novel and if yours doesn't fit, then you have to adjust their expectations for what you mean. So it becomes a… Expectations is always a conversation with audience. Sometimes it's a conversation that is like a message in space where you package it all up and then send it out and wait a minute and a half to get their response and you hope that you packaged it well. Other times, it's much more conversational, where you can actually adjust on the fly. But… Yeah.
[Kaela] I would agree with that. I'd also say that there's an interesting way that this interacts with, like, say, diversity in literature. When people come in, they don't have any expectations, or they have very unfortunate expectations, or they have such an unfamiliarity with the subject matter that they expect to be taught everything, versus, like, for example, writing Cece, which is… It's a complete alternate fantasy world, but it is set in… Inspired by the setting of Mexico in the 1920s to 30s, which is a very unfamiliar place and time for most people. So there was a lot of difficulties in getting… Initially, getting people to be willing to take that adventure on a fantasy in that kind of a space versus a medieval English sort of [sci?] fantasy. Because, again, you can't write everything for everybody's expectations, either…
[Sandra] No. I love that you bring up the diversity angle, because this is actually… And I'm sure you actually have more personal experience than I do, but a lot of times, publishing expectations for what we are looking for mean that some of the more diverse and alternate viewpoint novels get bounced because they don't meet publishing expectations. That is actually a lot of what the conversation about let's broaden what we're offering is making more space for people to read works in which they are not centered, and learn how to engage with works that ask them to stretch a little bit.
[Howard] Let me point out here that during the next eight episodes, we're going to talk about how genre, the genre you're working in… And that can be what we call the bookshelf genre, which is where the publisher has put your book, or the elemental genre, which is what you think you're really writing to. How those make promises and set audience expectations. As well as what kind of prose you use. What kind of cover art shows up? How weird it would be to have, say, a paranormal romance that doesn't have a magical looking female on the cover anywhere. That would just be odd. The promises made by foreshadowing. The promises made, and then broken, by red herrings. These are all things that we're going to cover.
 
[Howard] What I'd like to talk about now is are there some good examples of things that you've consumed, and it can be books, it can be media, it can be anything. Good examples of something that made a promise and then kept it for you in a way that was wonderful.
[Sandra] Oh. There's so many. It's like… But… You asked that question and, of course, my brain goes completely blank. Even though I've had time to study before. Right now, currently airing is Hawkeye on Disney Plus. They've got one episode left, and it feels like they're going to land it. Like, all the way through, it's been kind of predictable for me in a delightful way. It's like, "Oh, this is going to happen next," and then it does. It makes me happy every time, because they set an expectation and then they delivered it and they made me laugh a little bit. So right now for me, Hawkeye is living in this sweet spot of being exactly what I'm expecting and yet not being boring for it. So I'm really enjoying that one.
[Howard] What about you, Meg?
[Megan] I'm going to plug the Netflix animated series Arcane. Which, the expectation is, "Wow, this art style is beautiful. Will it look like this all the way through?" Yes, it does. Not only that, but they're telling a very compelling and emotional story, that, like Sandra said, sometimes you can see what's coming only because of how they've set it up, but it's a very satisfying show to watch. Especially from a character development standpoint. And also visually beautiful.
[Yep]
[Howard] I wanted to bring up, just very briefly, Star Trek: Lower Decks because that opening scene of the first episode where they're… He's trying to record a Captains Log and then we find out he's not actually a captain, he's… So this expectation has been set that were going to take Star Trek tropes and we're going to turn them on their head. Then she's pulling things out of a box, and you realize, "Oh, it's going to throw all the Star Trek nerdery at us as well. All the trivia." Then, she accidentally slices deep into his leg with the bat'leth and we roll credits. We realize, "Oh, this is going to do some ridiculous things." So, yeah, Lower Decks has been great.
 
[Howard] Before we move any further, though, I want to plug, or one of us should plug the book of the week. Who's got that?
[Kaela] I do. I'm excited. So I chose for the book of the week The Monster at the End of This Book. Which is an old… Back from my child, little golden book, Sesame Street book with Grover the monster. I love it for talking about expectations because it's right there in the title. You are promised, in the title, that there is going to be a monster at the end of this book. Then the entire book is about Grover being scared that there's going to be a monster coming at the end of the book. Then, when you turn to the last page, Grover discovers that the monster at the end of the book is him, because he is a monster.
[Chuckles]
[Kaela] It is all safe, and adorable. Throughout the whole book, it's very interactive with a child because, "Oh, don't turn the page! Don't turn the page, you'll get us closer to the monster." But I really love it because it totally sets up an expectation, and then walks you through. Then, right at the end, twists it to make the monster safe. It's a delightful, joy-filled romp. So, if you are unfamiliar with this book, I highly recommend you go check it out and pick it up. Because it is a true classic.
[Howard] I love the illustrations where Grover has built this barrier. Now you can't turn the page. I've bricked it up. You turn the page, and the next page is covered in brick rubble. Because you smashed through the wall that Grover made.
 
[Howard] I want to take a moment now to talk about some apexes. Exemplars and failures and the apex… What I've been told is apex middle ground. Have any of you seen Million Dollar Baby?
[No. Chuckles… I… Yeah, makes sense. Chuckles… I have not. I was young when it came out, and therefore not encouraged to go to the theater to see this movie. Mostly because of, I think what you're going to talk about, the unexpected twist in the middle that completely changes the expectation of I thought this was going to be a fun sports movie.]
[Howard] Yeah. It's… Here's what's fun about it, and why it's… It's an apex example of this middle ground. It has 90% positive critical reviews and 90% positive audience reviews across thousands of reviews on Rotten Tomatoes. Which is kind of weird, because when the movie came out, all I remember hearing was audience noise about "Hey, you promised me a sports movie and then you gave me something that was actually about euthanasia." That's not young people in the far east, that's euthanasia all one word. Very deep. Very, very dark. But. What it did, it did brilliantly. My… I'm sorry, Rumba, I don't know if you can hear the beep, but Rumba is behind me saying something about "I'm charged. I need attention."
[It just wants to be included]
[Howard] "The floor is dirty. Please let me eat." I don't know what Rumba wants.
[Chuckles]
[Howard] My best example of an apex failure is the Tropicana Pure Premium art. Where, in January of 09, they replaced the orange with a straw stuck in it with a glass with orange juice in it. They paid like $30 million to an ad agency, to a marketing firm, to create this. They… Their sales dropped 20%, they replaced the old artwork a month later, and the whole debacle cost them well over $50 million. Apex exemplars? Do we have another apex exemplar? We need to wrap this up and begin talking about some of the specifics that we can be doing for making promises in our next episode. So, who's got an apex exemplar for us?
[Kaela] I have an example. So, I think that the Lunar Chronicles actually does a great job of this. I know I've talked with people about when you're really excited about the kind of idea that someone's pitching you, but they don't really lead into it and the story kind of swerves off. That's really easy to do in a series as well, because you have multiple entries into this gargantuan story. But, the Lunar Chronicles, at least for me, did an excellent job of what it set out to do. I mean, it was like, "Hey, we're going to do fairytales. But it's in a futuristic sci-fi setting. How about that?" I was like, "I'm down. I want to hear more. Cinderella as a cyborg? Keep talking." With each story, it does that. Where you get a really strong first entry, and it's… It also creates… It culminates across the book into an overall very satisfying rebellion story where you can actually buy that the rebellion has happened and that it will work and how each main character does this. I love how it delivers even more than you expect. Like, you get… The second entry in the series, which is about… It's a retelling of Red Riding Hood and the Wolf, right? But by the end of the series, they have done that story so it's also Beauty and the Beast. You're like, "Oh, my goodness! It's also Beauty and the Beast." [Garbled] Then, Rapunzel being… Rapunzel being… There's no tower that makes sense in a sci-fi setting. She's stuck in a satellite. You're like, "Oh, my goodness. That makes so much sense." You get all of the isolation, all of the same issues. But it makes so much sense in its setting. Each person adds up across the series to a really satisfying closure. The Snow White makes sense because, from the beginning, there's the evil queen already, that you know about from all books. Then you find out, like, near the end, you're like, "Oh, wait a second," before you get to that last book, you find out, she has a stepdaughter. You're like, "Oh. Is it going to be Snow White?" Then you open the last book and it is. It's just such a great delivery on…
[Howard] That's awesome.
[Kaela] Everything that you were hoping for.
 
[Howard] That's awesome. Okay. Well, we are out of time, and I have your homework. So. Consider your newest favorite thing. It can be a restaurant, a film, a TV series, a novel, web comic, computer game, whatever. Ask yourself what promises this thing made to you. What expectations were set for you for this thing? Now… Write this down. Then ask yourself why you believed these promises would be kept and how they were or were not kept. So there's your homework. We're going to have seven more episodes about promises and expectations. We hope you're here for all seven. You are out of excuses. Now go write.
 
mbarker: (Fireworks Delight)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 16.9: Crossing The Revenue Streams
 
 
Key Points: Successful artists have lots of different eggs in lots of different baskets, earning money from many different revenue streams. First. look at other ways to write fiction besides just selling your stories. E.g., sometimes a publisher will pitch a series to you. Look for ways to avoid the pigeonhole, get new audiences, and work with new publishers. Watch for anthologies, and write to a theme! Tie-in fiction can help. Gaming companies need fiction, too. Balance new skills and audience versus money, money, money. Try to learn something, to grow your audience or as a writer, when you take on new projects. Second, consider ways to make money from writing you have already done. T-shirts, coins, merchandise. In-universe artifacts. How much work do you have to do to make money off it, and how much profit is there in it? Consider Kickstarter. Keep looking for other opportunities.
 
[16, 9]
 
[Dan] This is Writing Excuses, Crossing Revenue Streams.
[Erin] 15 minutes long.
[Brandon] Because you're in a hurry.
[Howard] And we're going to need more than one stream.
[Dan] I'm Dan.
[Erin] I'm Erin.
[Brandon] I'm Brandon.
[Howard] And I'm Howard.
 
[Dan] So, one of the things that I think is common to every successful artist that I know of is that they have lots of different eggs in lots of different baskets. They are earning money from a lot of different revenue streams. So we want to talk about that is the final class in Brandon's intensive course on career planning and business information. So, Brandon, take it away. What do people need to know about multiple revenue streams? Why is this an important part of an author's career?
[Brandon] So, you need to find a way to make money off of your writing. This is the… This is what you're going to have to do. This is what… If you want to go pro. You don't… You don't have to, but, if you're looking at this as a business, one of the things you should be looking at is, how can I make money at this? The obvious answer is sell a book. However, for at least most authors I know, once you sell a book, you want to go full-time, you probably should go full-time to make a living at your writing, but you probably can't earn enough off of that book to go full-time yet. Indeed, even if you're a newer aspiring writer who's selling short stories and things like that, or maybe you're… Maybe you're a longtime writer who selling short stories. You are going to need to find a way to make a living or at least you're going to want to find a way to make more money off of your stories. So, this is ways to make money with your writing that aren't necessarily the obvious ways of you write your book, you sell your book, you get money for it. We're going to talk about all sorts of other types of revenue streams you can have as a writer to keep yourself going during those maybe lean years.
[Dan] So, I told the story to Howard last week, but when I went years ago to my 20th high school reunion, they did the little games, like who has the most kids and who's done this and who traveled the farthest and all that kind of thing that you do at a reunion. The question who has held the most jobs since graduating high school, most people were on like four or five. Except for me, the professional author, and my friend who became a professional filmmaker. We both tied with 14. That's not even counting all the freelance work that I do. So artists really need to hustle to pay all those bills.
[Brandon] Yup. So one of the first things we want to talk about here is other ways to be writing stories that aren't maybe necessarily the write a book or you write a story, whatever you want to write, and sell it. There are job opportunities that are still writing fiction in the area you want to be in that you can get. I wanted to have Dan talk to us about it, because Dan had the experience of a series that was pitched by a publisher to him, right?
[Dan] Yeah. This is actually… Not a lot of people know this, but that's where Partials came from. The publisher came to me, two editors, Jordan Brown and [Ruta Remus] at HarperCollins. They had an idea for a really great kind of post-apocalyptic dystopia YA series, and were looking for an author who fitted. So they actually brought that idea to me. It was not something I had considered doing, because at the time, everything I had written was horror, but number one, I really welcomed the opportunity to jump into something very, very different as a way of making sure I didn't pigeonhole myself as the serial killer guy. For a number of reasons. That's not the identity I was looking for. But number two, this was a chance for me to build inroads to a brand-new audience I had not yet been reaching, to a brand-new publisher that I had never worked before, to do just a lot of new frontiers. I really saw it at the time as a brand-new revenue stream. Then, when that whole YA career kind of crumbled in let's say 2014, that's the same… I used that same strategy again, let's find a brand-new audience and build a brand-new revenue stream, which is how I got into middle grade.
[Brandon] This happens a lot with anthologies, also. People will ask you if you want to be a part of an anthology or it'll go around in the community that an anthology is being made on this topic and they're accepting proposals or submissions. Once you become part of the community, you can get… Watch some of these forums or these newsletters or these things like that. This comes into the networking that we talked about in a previous week. But anthologies can be a good way to make money off of your writing other than just I'm writing a story and submitting it, you can write to a theme.
[Dan] Yeah. Tie-in fiction has also been really helpful for me. My only Hugo nomination for prose… For a pros category has come from tie-in fiction. Now, this can be hard. I've got a friend who rights Star Trek novels, and I was kind of grilling him for how can I get into this, because I'm a huge Star Trek geek. He basically said you have to wait for one of the rest of us to die.
[Chuckles]
[Dan] So these established properties can be hard to break into. But what I have done is I've made some pretty good contacts with gaming companies. I've written for Privateer Press, I've written for several others. The one that I've just finished is a Kickstarter for a board game called Cult of the Deep. They came to me and they said, "Hey, we're coming out with this thing. It's horror. We want to have some fiction built so that we can use it as part of the Kickstarter. Will you write it for us?" So always being open for and looking for these opportunities to write other stuff has been super helpful to me.
[Erin] I think that...
[Dan] Go ahead.
[Erin] I think that's something… It's really interesting, because it's a trade-off. So I do a lot of freelance writing work, some game stuff, I've done some writing for, like, Paizo, and I write for Zombies, Run!, the running app. So, things here and there. But what's… The balance is figuring out what is adding to your skill as a writer or expanding your audience, and what is just like I like money, money is fun.
[Chuckles]
[Erin] So, whenever actually a project comes to me, I play Say No to This from Hamilton, and I… A picture of my freelance client is like the woman saying, "I should say no, but I will always say yes." But I've actually had to say no to projects, because they are far enough off from what I'm doing that I'm like, "I'm not going to learn anything, I'm not going to grow either my audience or as a writer," which, I think either one of those are a good reason to do extra stuff in addition to the money.
 
[Brandon] so, the second big thing I wanted to cover is ways to make money off of writing you've already done that isn't necessarily writing prose. The reason I want to talk about this is because Howard is a genius at this. He has had to make his whole career off of monetizing something that people aren't paying for. Howard, what can you tell us about how to monetize things that are free, or get extra money out of something that you're charging a little bit for?
[Laughter]
[Howard] I'm… Okay, I'm laughing because, on the one hand, yes, the comic is available for free and we have all kinds… I say the comic. Schlock Mercenary, available to be read by you, fair reader, at no charge at schlockmercenary.com. Yes, it's free, and we sell T-shirts and coins and whatever else, but most of the merchandise that… The most profitable merchandise we sell is book collections of the comic. So a lot of what I'm doing is getting enough people hooked on the book that they want to own it in print. But there are things that the comic created, there are things that it built, that lent themselves really well to being an independent revenue stream. So that even if you didn't want a print collection of the comic strip, maybe you wanted this other thing.
 
[Dan] Awesome. So, can you tell us about our book of the week, which happens, very cleverly, to tie right into this?
[Howard] Why, yes I can. We created The Seventy Maxims of Maximally Effective Mercenaries, which is a sort of coffee-table book of very, very bad advice. Malevolent canon. It's often referred to in-universe. I've been making fun of the Stephen Covey, the seven habits thing. Then, years and years and years ago, Stephen Covey started going after anybody who was saying the seven habits of anything. Basically saying, cease-and-desist, don't do that anymore. We went ahead and did a retcon in Schlock Mercenary and started referring to them as maxims, and there aren't seven of them, there are 70 of them. Then I realized, you know, I might be able to make stuff out of this. So we made some twelve-month calendars. Well, print calendars aren't as big a thing as they were 15 years ago. So, about five years ago, we released the Seventy Maxims book, which we created as an in-universe artifact in Schlock Mercenary, and we did it as part of the Schlock Mercenary role-playing game called Planet Mercenary, which is itself a whole nother thing that is not the comic. The Planet Mercenary role-playing game paid the bills all by itself for like two and a half years. That is the best thing we've ever made. I mean, except for the comic. Which makes this topical.
[Chuckles]
[Howard] The fun thing about the Planet Mercenary book is that my whole approach to it from the word go was, boy, it sure would be nice if I could make money off of my world book notes that I have to refer to all the time. I still refer to the Planet Mercenary PDF all the time. But, the book of the week, The Seventy Maxims of Maximally Effective Mercenaries. It is a lovely little coffee-table book that's great for starting conversations about things you should never ever do, please.
[Chuckles]
 
[Dan] Now, one of the things that I love about this book, and specifically about the plan that caused its creation, is I've always compared your maxims to Star Trek's Rules of Acquisition for the Ferengi. You made a decision that they did not make, and maybe this ties back to our art versus business discussion. You were able, because you eventually ended that list and codified everything in it, you were able to publish it. Star Trek has never done that. They're missing out on a big chunk of change. They could have, at the height of DS 9, sold copies of the Rules of Acquisition, hand over fist. They decided not to, presumably because they liked the flexibility of not having codified the entire list. But these are the kind of decisions that, as creators, we need to make. Do I want to leave this open? Could I turn this into something that I can sell? It's a really smart tactic.
[Howard] Let me look at… Let me talk about Paramount's decision, there. Back in 2006, Robert Khoo, who was the business guy for Penny Arcade comics. He's the reason there's a Penny Arcade Expo. Robert Khoo said, "No single source should ever be more than 60% of the revenue that you take in." Now, he was talking to an audience of self-employed, self-publishing web cartoonists. He was talking about things like Google ads and books in print and T-shirts and whatever else. But the advice really stuck to me, stuck with me, and it was super salient three, four years ago, when Google ads cut me off, and I realized, "Oh, no. That's a big chunk of my revenue." That's… Well, it's about 10 or 15% of my overall revenue. That did not end my life. Because we had multiple revenue streams. So the operating principle here is don't have anything that you're just super dependent on. With Paramount, making a book of the Rules of Acquisition, the Ferengi Rules of Acquisition, would have meant devoting a writer to the process of compiling that and making it special and wonderful. Ultimately, it never would have generated more than chump change, if you will, compared to the business that they were in, which is making a TV show. So they made a business decision to leave… I mean, what would have been for me, hundreds of thousands of dollars, to leave that on the table. But hundreds of thousands of dollars, that's… That gets like four episodes shot.
[Dan] Yeah.
[Howard] It's not very significant. So the decision about revenue streams hinges, for me, heavily in part on how much work do I need to do in order to make money off of this, and how much profit is there in the thing that I'm making. I love books, because they don't cost a lot to make, if I don't factor all of the time involved in writing them, but we can sell them… The profit margin is large on the physical merchandise. But for a print-on-demand T-shirt, the margin is very small. If my limited market of people is all busy buying print-on-demand T-shirts, I'm actually not making as much money as I would be if I could convince them all to buy copies of The Seventy Maxims of Maximally Effective Mercenaries.
 
[Brandon] One of the things…
[Dan] [inaudible… Should all…]
[Brandon] That's interesting here to talk about is this idea that there are, once you are lucky enough to be getting fans and keeping them, there are people among them who want to give you more money then… They want to support your work. I remember when this first began with me. I actually got an email from someone who said, "Hey, can I just send you a bunch of money? I happen to just be very well-off and I want to just send you a tip." I'm like, "Really? You just are offering to send me money?" People like to support artists. So, having some of these extra products that you can sell is a good way to go. It does require time. Dan was the first writer I knew personally who made T-shirts. I know that T-shirts are… T-shirts are one of the harder things to do because you have to carry them in multiple sizes and they are just a… There's a saturated market of cool nerd T-shirts out there. So making a dent and being… Selling those is hard. But they are a nice… Like, one thing that we need that Paramount… Paramount needs it on a different scale. We need multiple revenue streams, in that if something collapses, we aren't destroyed by. When Borders went out of business, this was a big deal. Right? It's possible that other sources like that will just banish. So, even if T-shirts are a small amount of your business, knowing that you have that extra revenue stream can be very comforting. About three years ago, maybe, Howard came to me and I was talking about the leatherbounds that we do. The leatherbounds are one of the things I wanted to bring up here. I am in a privileged position in that I have a big enough audience to support a luxury product like this. I was talking about it, and Howard said, "Brandon, you need to do a Kickstarter on these." I'm like, "Why?" He's like, "Oh, Kickstarter has a lot more tools you can use. You can generate a lot more interest by offering rewards to people. Trust me, do a Kickstarter." I had never done one before. I went to my team and said, "Howard says we should do a Kickstarter, and Howard is the smartest person I know about this sort of stuff. So let's do a Kickstarter." Last summer we made almost $8 million on a Kickstarter.
[Laughter]
[Brandon] And…
[Howard] I got a free book.
[Brandon] And Howard got a free book. This… It was true. It was bigger than the money we made… The peace of mind knowing that we could now self-publishing any of my books if the publishing industry went belly up or something happened at Tor. That piece of mind is enormous, knowing that I have another way to reach my fans. Now, granted, it's through someone else's platform. That is scary. The fact that if Kickstarter went away, I can't sell them on my website as effectively as I can through Kickstarter. But it gives me someone other than Amazon, because the rest of my life is controlled by Amazon. 80% of my books are sold through this one store that if Jeff Bezos decides he doesn't like me and says, "Pull Brandon's books," then my career collapses. Well, not anymore, because I have learned how to sell my books through Kickstarter if I need to because of Howard.
[Dan] Fantastic. Good job, Howard. Yeah. So, this has been a really good discussion. I hope that what our audience takes away from this more than anything else is that you need to be looking for these other opportunities. Regardless of what those might be, and regardless of how big they are. I could never in my wildest dreams make $8 million self-publishing something the way Brandon does, but I do have lots of other work that I do, and lots of other little streams of revenue. So, even the little stuff helps and is valuable. You need to look for opportunities to do that. So, thank you very much for listening to this episode.
 
[Dan] Let's have our final piece of homework from Howard.
[Howard] Okay. I want you to look at… Identify the places where you are getting money. They may be checks from a publisher, they may be checks from Amazon, they might be… I don't know where you are getting money from. But identify each of those as a revenue stream. Then identify… Write it down… What is the activity that you are performing that is generating that revenue. If it's ad revenue on your website, then the activity is not necessarily writing, it's publishing things to the web. So, establish a framework for where the money is currently coming from. Now, start looking at the ideas, the concepts, the conceits, the whatever that are in your work that could be turned into other things that might make you money. Maybe it's a T-shirt, maybe it's a commemorative Christmas ornament. Maybe it's a… Maybe it's a flag that goes on the back of a pickup truck. I don't know. But make a list of the possible places that the ideas, the concepts, the conceits in your work could be turned into other merchandise.
[Dan] Fantastic. All right. Well, this has been Writing Excuses. You are out of excuses. Now go write.
 
mbarker: (BrainUnderRepair)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 16.01: Your Career is Your Business
 
Key Points: Look at becoming a writer as a business. You are starting and running a small business. You have to manage your business, the publisher and the agent will not do it for you. They are partners, they will help, but it is your business. What do you want, what do you imagine it becoming? Think about a creative mission statement. Make sure your career is deliberate, not accidental. Ask yourself questions. How are you going to handle health insurance? How will you balance your time between writing and promotion? How are you going to handle email? You might silo the non-writing things into one day a week, or chunks of time spread through the week. How are you going to handle taxes? Hire an accountant or DIY? Think about placing a dollar amount on an hour of writing time, and use that to decide whether to pay someone else to do it or do it yourself. Try balancing money, audience, and shininess. Money, how much does it pay or cost. Audience, how many people will you connect with. Shiny, how much do you want to do it. Think of your writing as a career, a business, and make deliberate, informed choices.
 
[Season 16, Episode 1]
 
[Dan] This is Writing Excuses, Your Career is Your Business.
[Mary Robinette] 15 minutes long.
[Howard] As you're in a hurry.
[Brandon] And we're not that smart.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary…
[Dan] I'm Dan.
[Mary Robinette] Robinette.
[Laughter]
[Mary Robinette] We're all fine. I'm Mary Robinette, we've done this a lot.
[Howard] I'm Howard.
[Brandon] I'm Brandon.
 
[Dan] This, as you can tell, is the very first episode of 2021. We are excited to be here. We've got a cool thing that were going to do for the entire year, is, we have split this year into a series of what we are calling Master Classes, or intensive courses is maybe a better way of thinking about this. So each of us has come up with a topic and we'll spend eight or nine episodes diving really deep, kind of teaching the rest of the group about that specific topic. So we are going to start with this really cool kind of inside look at the publishing world class that Brandon has put together. Brandon, do you want to tell us a little bit about your course in general?
[Brandon] Yeah. So, the idea is to have a course that starts training writers to look at becoming a writer as a business. This is something that took me by surprise when I started into this. I was not aware that writing is a small business. I didn't know I was starting a business. In fact, I didn't incorporate for several years. That's very common. But not knowing that led me to make a large number of mistakes before I'd got my feet underneath me. Even still, I'm making some of these mistakes. But I thought, you know what, one of the things that I really wish I'd known when I began was that I was starting a small business. I wanted to give some tips to writers starting on this journey or who are in the middle of it who just may not have given enough thought to this aspect of it. We all want to be artists, that's why we become writers. This whole thing isn't to dissuade you from your artistic intents. But it is to start you this class and this mindset that just isn't often shared in writing courses. Because we all want to be artists, and sometimes it feels like talking about the business side of things is crass, and we don't want to monetize our artistic intentions, but when you start on this path, you are starting a business.
[Howard] Speaking briefly as the parent of four hungry adult children, who still don't all have their own jobs, I very much want to monetize every last little bit of my everything that I do.
[Chuckles]
[Howard] Crass or not crass, I want to eat.
[Dan] Yeah. So, I am very fortunate in that one of my best friends got published about a year and 1/2 before I did. So when I did get my contract, Brandon, the very first thing he said to me was, "You need to think about this. Think of yourself as a small business owner," and gave me some really great advice. So what are some of the bits of advice you want to give us, Brandon, about starting to think of ourselves as business owners?
[Brandon] Right. Well, the first idea is just this mindset change. Which was the biggest hurdle I think I had to overcome. That's why I named this first episode Your Career Is Your Business. A lot of writers, myself included, when we begin, we have in our head that once we get published, the publisher and the agent are going to be in charge of the business. We're going to have people managing all of the business side. We will be able to spend our days in artistic pursuits. This just isn't true. An agent is not a business manager. An agent will certainly help. An agent is, if you're going traditionally published, an agent is the number one resource you will have for these sorts of things. So certainly it's nice to have them. But it's your business that you're starting. It's not their business. They have a lot of different clients they'll be working for. You're going to be expected to care about your career.
[Howard] One of the things that I like to… I developed this mindset when I was in the corporate world. My career in the corporate space really was defined by the people I was working with, but my career as a person who makes things, a person who imagines things, a person who wants to be paid to operate the oven that bakes the cookies that only come out of my brain, that is not a career path that can be managed by somebody else. That is a career path that has to be managed by me. So a literary agent is a business partner. A publisher is a business partner. I already had, when I started doing comics, I already had a big framework in my head for what business partnerships look like and what they don't look like. So that gave me a quick leg up, and it made a lot of things easier early on. But Brandon, you're absolutely right about this mindset. You have to start from that point, believing that what you are doing is your business and, it is, to layer the meaning, a little bit, it's your business, it's not anybody else's business. They're going to try and get all up in your business from time to time, but it's really all about… It's all about what you want and what you imagine it becoming.
[Mary Robinette] So, I'm really glad Howard mentioned what you want, which I'm sure Brandon is going to get into. But I come into this from theater, and being a freelancer for my entire adult life. So, for me, the small business was transforming the small business that I already had. Which was puppeteer, audiobook narrator, and then writer. One of the things that I find helpful when thinking about this small business is to actually have a mission statement. You can think of it as your creative mission statement. But it's going to change over the course of your career. So, initially the mission statement that I had was fairly simple. It was to be able to turn down the gigs I didn't want to do. I've gotten to the point in my career now only gigs I've got are the gigs that I want to do. So now I have to figure out actually what kind of work do I want to be doing and who do I want to be and be presenting myself as. Because I have to start figuring out how to turn down the gigs I do want to do in order to focus on really refining who I am, and this thing that Brandon is talking about and Howard about monetizing. Because it's not… It's not always a straightforward path.
 
[Dan] Let's pause really quick. Do our book of the week. Which is coming to us this week from Howard.
[Howard] Well, I wish I could take more credit for this one. Good Omens by Neil Gaiman and Terry Pratchett. I read it years and years and many years ago, and absolutely loved it. It has one of my very favorite uses of footnotes. It's widely regarded now as a classic space in which it sits, and recently was made into a TV miniseries available on Amazon Prime. I have really enjoyed and benefited personally from comparing the two. I'll circle back around to that later at homework time.
[Dan] Awesome. So that is Good Omens from Neil Gaiman and Terry Pratchett.
 
[Dan] Now, I loved what Mary Robinette said about mission statement, which ties into what I've heard Brandon talk about a lot in the past, is making sure that your career is deliberate rather than accidental. Brandon, what do you have to tell us about that, and how to do it?
[Brandon] So, there are all kinds of questions I feel like you should be asking yourself during your unpublished years and during your early parts of your career that you have answers to for when the need arises. For instance, a good one if you live in the US, unfortunately, is going to be how are you going to approach health insurance? This is a big question that you need to think about. I never thought about it a single time in the early part of my career. You would think that that would have come up, but it wasn't until I was married and publishing my first books and realizing, wait a minute. In America, for some stupid reason, health insurance is attached to your job. I'm just not going to have that. How do I get that? Talk to other people, who are self-employed, and figure out how you're going to approach this. Other questions are how are you going to balance your time as an author? How much time are you going to spend on doing the actual writing, how much time are you going to spend on promotion? We'll talk about promotion in a later week in this master class, but right now, the question is when are you going to put these things in? When are you going to do email? I wasn't expecting how much more email would come in…
[Chuckles]
[Brandon] And how much of it would involve publishers' panic… Panicking about little things. I had to set aside specific times. What I've done in my life right now is I have taken all of the things that are not writing, and I've tried to silo them into one day a week. Thursdays. This is when I'm going to do all of these things, the longer emails. The short emails that can get a quick answer, I'll do at the beginning of my workday. But if there's something that is going to take a long, in-depth thing, I'll say, "Hey, I'm going to respond to you on Thursday." If there's an interview that I need to do for promotion, I always schedule them on Thursdays. If there are company meetings, I put them on Thursdays. This allows me to take off my writer hat for a day and approach being a business person for a day. With me, this helps keep me from being frustrated. If I have good siloing of these sorts of things, I'll stop being resentful of the time that I have to spend not writing.
[Mary Robinette] I'm going to chime in here, because I'd heard Brandon talk about this before, so I also tried siloing my non-writing things to one day a week. It turns out that doesn't work for me, because my brain is wired differently. That wound up causing me to have more fatigue. But I did have to block out time. So I have blocked out specific chunks of time, but spread them through the week. This… I just want to point out that, much like when we talk about writing, there's no one process that will work for you, but the principle behind the process, which is to be deliberate about it and make space for it, is going to be consistent. You just have to figure out which form it takes for you.
[Dan] I'm going to give a third perspective on this for the very, very early career writers. This is one of the very first bits of advice I got from Brandon when I got my very first publishing contract. I said, "This is happening. It's real. What do I do next?" He said, "What you do now is you sit down and you write as much as you possibly can, because this is the last time you'll have all of that free time to write." That did help me a lot. I was able to finish, I think, a full book and a half of new stuff before all of the revisions and the emails and the editing process in the proofing and all of that business side crashed down on me. So, just for the very early aspiring writer, that is, I think, a fantastic piece of advice.
[Brandon] I do have more time to right now than I did when I was working a job while trying to write. But, one of the most shocking things to me was that by going full-time, I didn't gain nearly as much free time as I thought I would. Because all of these other things crept in. Doing my own taxes. My first few years… I was used to doing my own taxes. Indeed, again, in the US, we have to do our own taxes, for some stupid reason. So… But then publishing made it infinitely more complicated. Because suddenly I was getting a 1099 instead of a W-2. Suddenly, I had sales overseas. Understanding that you're either going to have to hire an accountant or you're going to have to learn how to input sales from other countries and money coming in from other countries and all of this stuff with 1099s instead of W-2s. That's a huge time sink once a year for US writers that I had just not even understood was going to come along and steal a week of my time.
[Dan] We've got an episode coming up about networking, but this tax idea, the finances of being a writer, is a really good reason to rely on other people. My agent, before she became an acquiring agent on her own, worked as a tax person for an agency house. So she was able to help me a lot, which was fantastic. Brandon and I and several other local writers all use the same accountant because the accounting process for professional writers is very different from a lot of other careers. So, using these networking opportunities to find out hey, how do you handle this, is a good way to help you figure it out.
 
[Brandon] One other thing that I would recommend that you think about… This doesn't work for all writers. In fact, this is one of these things I've noticed that can be debilitating for some writers. But it is something that I do that is very handy for me, is, I find out what the dollar amount of an hour of my writing time is worth. Now, you can't be writing 16 hours a day. But, once you become self-employed, as Howard so elegantly put it in an early episode, you… It's great being self-employed, you get to work half days and you decide which 12 hours it is.
[Chuckles]
[Brandon] Meaning, there is a danger here in that you can work all the time that you want which would lead to burnout. So be careful about that. But I keep a dollar amount assigned to an hour of actual writing time to me. Then, that dollar amount of an hour of writing time allows me to understand what things I can pay for to gain an hour of writing time. If doing my taxes is going to cost me three hours of writing time, and indeed, I will make more money writing that I would hiring someone to do that, it just gives me an opportunity cost method of determining what I should hire out and what I should do myself.
[Howard] When we started putting Schlock Mercenary books into print, we quickly realized that between cover work and bonus story and whatever else, it took a block of time to put a book out, and putting a book out generated several tens of thousands of dollars of money all at once. I could look at that and say, "Well, I have books that are not yet in print, because I've got this archive online." Going to Comic Con saws three weeks out of my life. There's the week of prep, there's the week at the event, and there's a week of recovery. It's miserably stressful. I did the math and realized that unless I was bringing home $15,000 from Comic Con, it didn't even begin to be worthwhile. We looked at it and said, "Well, gosh, instead of doing Comic Con, if I really want to sell T-shirts, I can just spend that week making a T-shirt and selling it and make more money." Now, we've never done that because I don't love making T-shirts. But that was what I had to balance it against. Without knowing how much your time is worth, without establishing a benchmark over time, you will make lots and lots of very, very bad decisions about your time and not realize what you're doing until you wake up one morning and realize that you're stressed and broke and hating the things that you're doing.
[Dan] This kind of deliberate financial thought is how I knew when it was time for me to hire an assistant. Because I hit the point where I realized, oh, giving me an assistant will allow me to write one extra book per year, which will more than pay for the assistant. So that made it a very easy choice to make. We need to wrap up soon, but I know Mary Robinette has something else she wants to say.
[Mary Robinette] Right. Which is, when you're super early career, the idea of assigning a specific number value to your writing work, especially when you haven't actually sold anything yet, that's difficult. So let me give you another metric which you've probably heard me talk about when I've talked about how to decide where to send a story to. A short story. Which is that you're balancing three thing. Money, audience, and shininess. So money is literally how much is this going to pay me. Or, how much is this going to cost me. Audience is how many people will this connect me to. Then, shiny is just like how much do you want to do it. So, like, going to NASA, it cost money, does not actually connect me to audience, but it's so shiny. So that's a choice that I make. I also know that it's something that I can use, and then will, later, down the line, have the potential to bring me audience and money. But depending on where you are in your career, you're going to value those differently. Like, when you are very, very early career, you may say, "Hey, it's totally worth it for me to go to a convention, because it is… Spending that money will allow me to connect with my peers, and audience, and that networking, the audience layer of it, is totally worth it, and the shininess aspect of it is totally worth it." So it's going to be this constant balancing act, and it will again shift over the course of your career.
[Dan] Exactly. Ultimately, this idea of thinking of it as a career, as a business, and making all of these choices deliberate and informed is what's really going to help. So, thank you everybody. This is a wonderful start to our new year.
 
[Dan] We have homework from Howard.
[Howard] Okay. In 2003, at Comic Con, my friend Jim met Neil Gaiman, and Neil introduced himself, saying, "Hi, my name is Neil. I write comics." Okay. That's a fun story. Neil Gaiman rights way more than just comics. He wrote the adaptation that took Good Omens from being a wonderful novel to being a really amazing television series. You don't know, or maybe you do, the path that your career is going to take the number of different things you might write. I posit that it will be extremely valuable to you to take something like Good Omens, your book of the week, and the TV show. Consume them both and make notes. What kinds of writing decisions were made between the two that you would have made differently? What kind of writing decisions were made that just blow your mind? The adaptation between mediums may, at some future point, be something that you get to do. As an added bonus, I think this homework will be fun for you.
[Dan] Awesome. Thank you very much. Thank you for listening to this episode. You are out of excuses. Now go write.
 

mbarker: (Smile)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 15.48: Deliberate Discomfort, Part Two
 
 
Key Points: Have you been uncomfortable writing something? Writing about my own bad mental health issues. Writing about fitting into Canada as an immigrant. Trying to write live in front of an audience. Having someone reading over my shoulder while I'm writing. An explicit lead in to a fade-to-black scene. How do you do it? Remind yourself that your audience doesn't have the same experience. Read and analyze how some other author does it. Some lines I'm not likely to cross, but others... The most uncomfortable scene for me to write was a spanking, a disempowerment of an antagonist. How do you decide to include something that makes you uncomfortable? Basically, if I think the book needs it, try it. Then look and see if it works. Think of an actor, inhabit the character and write from their perspective. I have two lines, one for things I don't do, but it's not wrong for my characters to do, and another for things that I probably won't depict in detail.
 
[Mary Robinette] Season 15, Episode 48.
[Dan] This is Writing Excuses, Deliberate Discomfort Two, with Mahtab Narsimhan.
[Howard] Fifteen minutes long.
[Mahtab] Because you're in a hurry.
[Brandon] And we're not that smart.
[Dan] I'm Dan.
[Howard] I'm Howard.
[Mahtab] I'm Mahtab.
[Brandon] And I'm Brandon.
 
[Dan] Awesome. We are recording this live. When this airs, you will be able to go and look up a YouTube video and watch us do this. But right now, we're very excited to be talking about deliberate discomfort. We didn't episode on this topic earlier in the year that focused on writing things that are uncomfortable for your readers. Topics like sexism or racism or things like that that you know could be triggering issues for your readers and how to handle that appropriately. This episode, we're going to focus on writing things that are uncomfortable for you as an author. Maybe that is a sex scene, or maybe you got a character who swears a lot, something that you're worried your mom is going to read or that a character does or thinks something that you would never say, but your character does. All of those kind of questions. So what I would love to start with is actually just asking our podcasters if they have some experience they want to share where they had to write something that kind of made them uncomfortable to write it.
[Howard] The best example I can offer for me is the piece that I wrote for the… I've forgotten the title of it, the Robison Wells benefit anthology.
[Dan] Altered Perceptions?
[Howard] Altered Perceptions, called No, I'm Fine, in which I was writing about a bad mental health episode that I had. As I began writing, it began to hurt. I mean, it was actually physically painful. The sensation that I sometimes get when I'm depressed is that I'm so sad that I'm feeling pain. There's a physical pain associated with it. As I was writing, I was excited to sit down and write, because the story was in my head and I was good to go. But putting the words on the page was painful. Sandra and the kids, we were taking a little spring break at a cabin, and they had gone to see… They'd gone out to see the sights or something. They came back and Sandra took one look at me and was like, "What happened to you?" I said, "Well, I wrote for two hours and this piece is done and it's beautiful and please don't ask me to ever write this again because it hurts so much to do." After having done it, pretty much all of the other things I'm afraid to write about because they make me uncomfortable, I sort of shrug off and I'm like, "Eh. When the time comes I need to do 'em, I'll do 'em because I've already eaten the live spider today. Everything else is easy."
[Chuckles]
[Dan] So, to be clear for people who aren't familiar with that other anthology, this is kind of a first-person perspective on your own mental health issues and not wanting to have to rely on medication for them.
[Howard] Yup.
[Dan] Which was very painful to write.
[Howard] I can link to it in the writer notes. It's free for people to read now.
 
[Dan] Awesome. Brandon or Mahtab, have you got an experience of writing something that was uncomfortable or painful to write?
[Mahtab] Yeah. I can definitely relate to that. A few years ago, a friend, a writer friend, had asked me to contribute to an anthology. This is the only nonfiction piece that I've ever written. But it was about stories about fitting into Canada as an immigrant. I was like, "Yes, sure, no problem. I'll write it." But as I actually started writing it, I just found myself being so uncomfortable because there were so many painful things about fitting into Canada, not knowing the people, of course luckily language is not an issue. But just… Some of the stupid things that I did. I just remember that I really had to dig deep to be able to write my experience of how I spent the first year out here, not knowing people, working a job for a very long time and then… It was actually cathartic when I finally finished writing it, but I found myself cringing, very, very uncomfortable. But I think the main thing is I pushed through it, and it was one of the best things that I wrote.
[Dan] Oh, that's awesome.
 
[Brandon] For me, it's a little bit different of an experience I want to share. What I… Probably the most uncomfortable I've ever been when writing was when I tried to do it live in front of an audience. This was at Jordan Con. They… We were going to run a charity drive for Worldbuilders. Pat Rothfuss was the guest of honor at Jordan Con that year and I thought we'll just do a kind of live writing session where I brainstorm with a crowd and start writing a story and we did it on Twitch. Then, Pat would stop by and answer some questions, and I thought this would actually be easy for me for two reasons. One, in my class, we often do live brainstorming sessions where we come up with a story. So I thought I've done this before. Number two, I'm not very precious about my early draft. I released Warbreaker, one of my novels, chapter by chapter as I wrote it. It doesn't really bother me for people to read unpolished work of mine. So I thought these two things would combine together. I found it enormously uncomfortable to be writing… For whatever reason, it was the idea that there were now several thousand eyes looking over my shoulder at everything I did. Even when I present an unfinished draft to people, it's at least something that I'm aware of what it is, right? I'm comfortable with it and I say release this. As I'm writing, I'm not sure what's going to come out. I'm not sure how things are going to flow, how the words are going to look. It was really, really uncomfortable. To the point that I've never done another one again. Despite raising $1000 for Worldbuilders, I think, during that session, which was pretty good.
[Chuckles]
[Brandon] It shocked me by how uncomfortable I was.
 
[Dan] That makes a lot of sense to me. That is, for me, one of the most violating feelings in the world is knowing that somebody's reading over my shoulder as I am writing. If my wife comes into the office, or one of my kids comes in, I have to stop, because I can't write while someone's looking at it. It feels so wrong. I don't know how to explain it. Some of my own experiences… The one that I wanted to point out was my most recent novel, Ghost Station, which is a Cold War spy novel on Audible. There is a… Not a sex scene, but definitely a fade-to-black, these people are about to have sex, kind of scene. Which I've never written before. Even as lightweight and as preliminary as it was, it took a lot for me to put that in there. The explicit this is what's about to happen, we all know it, that's put this in this book. Maybe it's because I come from a primarily YA background, maybe it's because I am a very religious person, I don't know what it was, but it was hard for me to write that. It's interesting to me that it was harder for me to write that then to write all of the grisly murder stuff that's in my horror novels. But there are certain lines that are harder to cross then others. I think that's very individual.
 
[Dan] So, as you were working on these, as you had to write these uncomfortable things we've been talking about, what did you do? How did you psych yourself up? Or what did you tell yourself that says, "It's okay, I can do this?"
[Brandon] One thing, for me, while I was working on this thing, like, as it became uncomfortable, I had to keep telling myself, no one else thinks that this is awkward. Right? Like, no one is pointing and saying, "Oh, you typed that word wrong, how can you possibly…" All of these things that were going through my head, they weren't true. Despite them being valid emotions, I could counter them with a little bit of logic and saying, "Look, people are enjoying this. This is what they expected when they showed up. Yes, it's uncomfortable for me, but it doesn't necessarily mean that it's a bad experience."
[Mahtab] Yeah. For me, I don't think I've still managed to write… I mean, though I write mostly middle grade, I did attempt a YA a few years ago in which I did want to write some sex scenes, but it was so badly written and it… I mean, I'm lucky… I'm so glad that the book is not sold yet. But it was hard. So I started reading other books to see how well they did it. I love the way Diana Gabaldon writes her Outlander series. It comes so naturally, her… I mean, her sex scenes are fantastic. I was like… That's… I'm not cringing reading that because it's so well-written, and it's… It just sounds so natural. All I can say is I have still not discovered exactly how to do that because a great part of my culture is such that we did not have open discussions about this. We don't have talks about sex or body or feelings and stuff like that. So it's really hard as a writer to make myself do that. So, I'm still struggling with it, and maybe at some point in time, I might pull out my YA book again and see if I've become braver. But, at the moment, I'm so glad that I'm in the MG world and I don't have to cross that line.
 
[Dan] I want to ask Brandon, speaking of sex scenes, I remember when you were kind of given the reins of the Wheel of Time, there was a lot of discussion about this online. Because the Robert Jordan books did have… I mean, not like erotica, but there were sexual situations which up to that point readers did not think that you could write that kind of stuff. Outside of maybe one scene in the Mistborn series, you hadn't really written that kind of stuff. So, how did… What did you do to kind of get into that, to ease yourself over that obstacle?
[Brandon] Honestly, it wasn't hard for me. I have a certain threshold that I just personally am not likely to cross. Perhaps that will change. Wheel of Time had never crossed that, reading it, for me. Right? Wheel of Time does mostly fade to black. With some… A little bit of explicit things before. Actually, way more uncomfortable for me… I'd say the most uncomfortable scene for me to write in the Wheel of Time was a different one, which is… There is a scene where a character takes another character over his knee and spanks her.
[Chuckles]
[Brandon] Maybe it's a woman that takes a character over… Anyway. They… It's an intentional disempowerment of a female antagonist. He had written for me to do this scene. I think I probably would not have put it in if I were writing it today. It just made me uncomfortable, because I thought this feels like the wrong way to disempower a character. But this is a book series kind of from another generation. This sort of thing had been more common in the Wheel of Time. It's not something that I commonly put in my books. The sex scenes, two characters consenting who are in love, that didn't bother me. Right? Now I have different standards in my life, but I think that this is kind of what life is about. We choose our lines and we think about them and we may change them as we go through life. That's what life is for. Someone having different lines for me just means that they're looking at this differently. Certainly, I didn't have a problem writing those scenes. But something like that… Does that make sense? Like, in that case, I think it's a different thing. I think, looking back, because I was a newer author then, I think I would have gone to Harriet and said, "I just don't think this is the right way to disempower a character. I would rather not put this in the book." And see what she said. So there's an example of something uncomfortable that I'm writing that I think perhaps should have nudged me the other direction and not had it be in the book.
 
[Dan] That is great. I definitely want to have a discussion about that. But first, we need to do our book of the week. That's actually me. I'm doing not a book but a role-playing game. This is one that some of you may have heard of, because it has an Amazon series. It's called Tales from the Loop, which is a really neat kind of 80s nostalgia weird science fiction game. The reason that I thought it applied to this topic is because it doesn't have traditional hit points or damage or anything like that. But as bad things happen to your characters, you instead take conditions. Those conditions are things like upset, scared, exhausted, injured. Then the way that you get rid of those, the way you heal yourself, is that you have to go and have a conversation, a meaningful conversation with an important person in your life. Which just feels like a really fascinating way, in fiction, to deal with those kinds of trauma issues and, for players and authors to work through those through the kind of role-playing improvisation. So, Tales from the Loop. It's by Free League. It's a really great game. That's our book of the week.
[Howard] All my characters are going to be dead by act two.
[Laughter]
 
[Dan] All right. So, let's get back to what Brandon was talking about, because I think that's really interesting, this discussion of everyone has lines they won't cross, and what I really think were talking about in this episode is what happens when my characters have lines that are different from my own. I need, I have decided as an author that this person is going to use words that I don't or this person is going to do something that I would never do. That makes me uncomfortable, because those lines are different. So I want to ask, first, how do you make that decision when you're writing a story that you really want to include something that makes you uncomfortable? How and why do you decide that?
[Howard] Honestly, if the thought crosses my mind that this story needs this and such a scene, that's not the sort of scene that I'm comfortable writing because reasons. But if I had the thought that this is possibly the right sort of scene, then the odds are pretty good, at least in this stage of my career, the odds are pretty good that I need to trust my instinct and acknowledge that this book needs me to write something I'm not comfortable with. If, after I've written it, or after I've struggled to write it, I go back and look at it and I feel like, no, this is wrong, this has changed the tone of the story, or I didn't do it well, or I did it so badly I'm not allowed to say I didn't do it well… Which, I gave that two votes because that's what's most likely going to happen. Then, I'll revisit it and… Oh, I can't count the number of times in Schlock Mercenary I had an idea for a panel and realized I do not have the skill within the format I've created for myself to illustrate that the way my brain is illustrating it. So I'm going to move the camera. I've made that compromise a lot of times because I'm not as good at things as I want to be. But I'll never get good unless I try to write the scene, unless I try to draw the picture, no matter how uncomfortable it makes me, so I can step back from it and say, "Well, that was miserable. Did I do it well?"
[Mahtab] I got some very good advice from one of the editors that I worked with on a previous novel called The Tiffin. There were some scenes of violence against a child. I was having a bit of difficulty writing it. One of the… My mentor at that time said, "Think of yourself as an actor." An actor sometimes has to do a lot of different roles. They just have to inhabit the character. So inhabit your character's skin and write from the character's perspective so that… You basically have to forget yourself, you have to forget that you're the author writing the story. Inhabit what your characters are going through or the violence that is happening against your character, and just write as honestly as possible. Somehow, removing yourself from the equation and just writing from inhabiting the character's world helped me get through my barrier and write that particular scene. So, sometimes just have to do that. I don't know if that makes sense.
[Dan] No, it does. I think that's great advice. Brandon, do you have any last thoughts on this topic before we end?
[Brandon] It is something that I've thought about quite a bit as a writer. It's something I had to be comfortable with early in my career. I've told this story before, about my younger sister, Lauren, my youngest sister, when I was writing Mistborn. I mean, the cursing in Mistborn is very light, but I don't just generally curse at all, and my characters were. Why did I do that? It's because… I often come up with fantasy curses in my books. In this particular book, it was a gang of thieves and the fantasy curses were sounding silly coming out of these characters' mouths. It's something I'm very conscious of. In certain worldbuilding you can make, and with certain fantasy worlds, you can make them not sound silly. But sometimes they just do. Depending on how you're making them. That was ruining the tone of the story. I said, I'm just going to have to come to our world swears for these characters. Again, they're very light. Right? Most people wouldn't even consider them curses. But my little sister was one of my beta readers at like age 14. She crossed them all out. With a black marker.
[Laughter]
[Brandon] She was super offended. It was my first experience of this, people are going to be like, "Wow, Brandon is cursing." Right? Like, it is the weakest. But everyone again has their different lines. So I had to kind of ask myself. I said, "Well, it didn't bother me." I decided I was going to go forward with it. But there are certain curses I've just never used in my books. There are certain derogatory terms for people that I just don't use. I don't anticipate myself ever using them because of the way… I don't like what those words add to our society. So I don't. That's just kind of a personal choice on my part. So it's like I have two lines. I have a line of things that I don't generally do, but that I don't think actually are… That's not wrong for my characters to do. Then I have lines that I probably won't depict, at least in explicit detail, my characters ever doing. Because it's just not something that I want to write. It's odd, because I don't necessarily think these things are bad for other writers to write. But it's just not where I want to take my stories.
 
[Dan] Awesome. So, let's give you some homework to finish up. If you have decided that you want to put some kind of these elements into your fiction, but it's hard kind of getting over that first little hump, breaking the ice, here is an exercise. For this one, I'm using swearwords. I just want you to open a file and write down every swearword you know. Every cuss, every bad word you can think of. Put them into sentences, write them as dialogue. It will be uncomfortable, but it is going to kind of… Like I said, it's going to break that ice a little bit. Then, after that, delete the file, burn the paper you wrote it on, destroy it forever. It doesn't matter. Because it just kind of… Once you've written them down once, then later it will be much easier. Anyway, that was our episode. Thank you so much for watching. You are out of excuses. Now go write.
 
mbarker: (ISeeYou2)
[personal profile] mbarker
Writing Excuses 15.32: Short Story Markets
 
 
Key Points: Do you need to be prolific to make it in the short story markets? No. How do you find short story markets? Look for the lists, such as The Submission Grinder, or collections of award-winning short fiction, and see where they were published. Pay attention to what you like. Look at the audience size, the pay rates, and is it shiny for you? Do you need to be famous as a short story writer to break in as an author? No. Be your own kind of writer. How do you stand out from the crowd? Write the story that grabs you. Learn to write a competent story. Then learn to trust yourself. 
 
[Transcriptionist note: I may have confused Erin and Lari at some points in the transcript. My apologies for any mislabeling.]
 
[Mary Robinette] Season 15, Episode 32.
[Dan] This is Writing Excuses, Short Story Markets, with Erin Roberts.
[Mary Robinette] 15 minutes long.
[Lari] Because you're in a hurry.
[Erin] And we're not that smart.
[Dan] I'm Dan.
[Mary Robinette] I'm Mary Robinette.
[Lari] I'm Lari.
[Erin] I'm Erin.
[Dan] Thank you. We are very excited to have Aaron Roberts with us for this episode. Erin, can you tell us a little bit about yourself?
[Erin] Sure. I am a writer, primarily of short stories. I've had short fiction published in Asimov's, and in Clarkesworld, The Dark, and PodCastle. I also was, which is great for this particular episode, a slush reader for EscapePod for about two years.
[Dan] That is fantastic. Thank you for joining us.
 
[Dan] This is, as most of our episodes are this year, a topic that was requested by listeners. So we've got several questions, and most of these rather than about fiction writing are about fiction selling and fiction markets. So I'm just going to start. The first one here, the question is, with so many short fiction markets, does a good short story author need prolific-isy to gain notice and readership?
[Erin] No.
[Dan] Maybe the first question is what are… He says with so many short fiction markets. The short fiction market is so different today than it was when I was breaking in like 15 years ago. What are the short story markets? What are… I mean, without an exhaustive list, obviously. Where are the places people can look today to sell short fiction?
[Mary Robinette] So, one of the things about this is that… I'd like to try to give this advice in a way that's as evergreen as possible. So… Because markets are constantly appearing and disappearing. That's been true through the entirety of publishing. So, what you're looking for are markets that you kind of want to be in. The best places to find those are places that collect lists. So you can go to some place like The Submission Grinder or Duotrope or Ralan's, or you can go to an anthology of books… Of fiction that is award-winning and look to see where those pieces were published. These are all places that you can find markets, but the process of figuring out which market you want to be in… Like, giving you a list of "Ah, this market is…" Like, we can do that, but it's not…
[Dan] Yes.
[Mary Robinette] The chances of it being outdated a month after we record this is pretty strong.
[Erin] I also think that a lot of it's about you. The kind of stories that you like. The markets are different, they all have different styles, they all have different sort of editorial focuses. So, I would always say, read a lot of current short fiction, and see, are you gravitating to a certain market? Are you like, "Ah, the stories in X are the stories that I would love to be alongside." Because one of the best things about being published in a short fiction magazine is saying, like, "Well, my story's great," but also, "Oh, my gosh, these other stories, I'm so excited to be a part of this."
 
[Dan] So, back to the question, then. In order to really get out there, to gain a readership, to gain notice as a short fiction writer, do you need to be prolific? Do you need to be constantly publishing in tons of different markets?
[Mary Robinette] I don't think that you do. I mean, when you look at someone like Ted Chang, he does not constantly publish. Like, it is a thing you can do. But the question I would ask is why do you want to be noticed? Like, what are you trying to gain from that? So, here is my advice when you're thinking about like, what market to go into, and this is taking on to what Erin says about like what is important to you. That there are, I think, three things that help you decide what market to look at. One is the size of the audience the next is the pay rate. The third is the shininess. So, audience is literally how many people are going to see this thing. Pay rate is exactly what it sounds like, are you being paid adequately for your effort? Then, the shininess is how much do you want to be in this particular market? Like, there's… I grew up reading The Magazine of Fantasy and Science Fiction. So, getting into that magazine was… That was shiny for me. Even though they didn't have the best pay rate when I got in. Shimmer Magazine is beautiful, and I wanted to be in Shimmer, even though the market size is very small. So, that varies. But at other points in my career, where… Like, there was a point when we were in New York and I was supporting my husband and myself on our… On my theater and writing income, which is exactly as large as you'd imagine that to be. So, at that point, pay rate was the most important thing. So, like the number of markets that you go into, the only thing that that affects is… The two pieces of that that you are affecting there are the number of eyes that are seeing your words, and how much money you're getting paid. So, for a career, it's like which piece of that are you trying to manipulate?
[Erin] I'll also say that both as an editor and an agent, I was very scared of the word prolific. I didn't know prolific-isy was a word, but I'd be… I'm even more scared of that one. It's possible to be prolific and be really good, but I think when there's… The stress is on the quantity, it always makes me fear for the quality. So if someone's trying to just write and write and write, it immediately makes me suspicious that there isn't that much attention to editing and just letting the material rest so you can take a new look at it. So, I would say, for me, it's always best to just pay attention to what you're putting out there, first and foremost.
 
[Dan] So, I suspect part of the thought process behind this question is someone who wants to break into the market, someone who wants to gain notoriety, either because they want to move on to getting a big publishing contract or something like that. So, Lari, you as an editor may be the one to answer this. To what extent does that matter? Does somebody need to become famous quote unquote as a short story writer in order to break in as an author?
[Lari] Absolutely not. I also think editors use a little bit too much the idea of falling in love. I think we kind of lean on it a little bit too much. But it is true that a lot of the publishing process involves a couple people just falling in love with your writing. So an agent falling in love with your writing, and an editor falling in love with your writing. Often, that doesn't really have anything to do with your previous platform.
[Erin] I just want to build on that to say that I think this question may also be coming from the idea that there is a way to sort of game the system of publishing. Like, if you do this thing correctly and follow this path, it will lead you to glory. So to speak. But I just don't think that's a good way necessarily to go. Because you have to love the writer you are, instead of dream about the writer you wish you were. And figure out, if you're a prolific writer, and that's your style, then go be prolific. But if you're not, don't stress about the fact that I will never succeed, because I am not this other person. Live in your own career and your own writing style and process.
 
[Dan] Excellent advice. I want to break right now for our book of the week, which is, actually, appropriately, the Nebulous Showcase. Mary Robinette, can you tell us about that?
[Mary Robinette] Yeah. So, one of the things that we've been talking about is how to find good markets. Looking at a collection of award-winning fiction is a way to figure out which markets people are publishing in that are… That other people are also reading. So the most… We've got the Nebula Award Showcase 2019, which was edited by Sylvia Moreno-Garcia. That has a collection of the winners and nominees for the 2019 Nebula awards. So it's got people in there like Rebecca Roanhorse and K. M. Szpara and Sarah Pinsker. It's got just a ton of really good fiction. So, if you're wanting to get a better idea of the sort of landscape, grabbing the most current Nebula Award Showcase at whatever point you're listening to this. It may be that you're listening to this and are grabbing the 2020. But grab that, and enjoy some really… The fiction of people who are at the top of their game right now.
 
[Dan] Excellent. All right. There's another question here that I think is similar to the first one we had, but takes a different approach. What the question says is by submitting to one of the most famous sci-fi/fantasy magazines, I learned that they receive about 40 stories a day, but publish about 12 stories every two months, including those from established authors. I imagine many submissions are good, but how do you stand out from the crowd? So, rather than using short fiction to stand out in some other way, how do you stand out just enough to get published? How do you get noticed? How do you grab the attention of a short story publisher or editor?
[Erin] When I was… I'll say when I was a slusher, we just read stories. A slush reader for a magazine reads all the stories that come through the door, and decides which ones to pass up to the editors. At EscapePod, actually, the process is blind. So we don't know who's sending it, and if it's like my favorite author ever or someone I've never heard of. What I learned from that is just write a story that grabs a reader. A slush reader is just a reader that has been given a particular title in a particular role. They're not any different then you as a reader, except maybe that they do it more. So when you're reading stories, what grabs you? That's the same thing that's going to grab someone at a magazine. So if you write a great story, then it should grab someone's perspective and make them want to read more and publish it.
[Mary Robinette] So, I'm going to add on that. That is absolutely true. And also, there is a thing that happens… That I've seen… It happened to me… Happens to a lot of writers. Which is that your publishing… Or submitting, and then you start getting the personalized rejections. Then you make a sale, and you don't know why that story sold and none of the others have sold. Like, what did I do, and you try to replicate it. You can't. Then you go through a dry spell for you don't sell anything. Then suddenly you sell something, and you have no idea why. Here is what I think is happening this is based on having done the slush reading that Erin did, but in a slightly different form. I slushred for Asimov's, but I was… They divided their slush into three piles. The first was complete unknowns. The second, the B pile, was people who had some credits. Then the A list was people who had already sold to Asimov's. All that that was really doing was triaging the sort of process. Some people in the B pile were people who'd been in A… Or been in the C pile and gotten moved in for a slightly closer read. But what it meant was that I was reading stories and all of them were competent. Like, every single story in that pile was competent. The thing that was frustrating was that for a long time, I was like, "Ah yes. I understand why editors so frequently say write a story that rises above. And that they can't describe what this rises above means." But, comparing what is happening with that pile with the authors that I know, and myself who can't… Who are like, "Why did this one work?" Here's what I think is happening. I think what happens is that you learn to write a competent story. Then you learn to trust yourself. That there is a period of time in which you are writing competent stories, and there's nothing structurally wrong with that sucker. But you are so focused on the technique of it, but you aren't actually thinking about all of the things… You aren't interrogating any of the things that you are actually interested in. You're trying to mimic things that other people are doing. So they're a little bit stiff. They're a little bit predictable. But there's nothing wrong with it. Like, no one can point at it and go, "This is wrong here." Then there's a point at which you write a story that is coming very much from your own self. Those are the stories that are unique and stand out. Because they are stories that no one else could write. The stories that don't stand out are the stories that anyone could have written. They're just… There's… Again, there's nothing wrong with them, they're just not doing that extra step of letting your own voice out. In this case, what I mean by voice is your own personal taste out. So I think that one of the things that you can do is… As a writer, is to remember that you have honed your reading experience over your entire reading career, which is much longer than your writing career, and to trust your reader instincts over your writer instinct.
 
[Dan] That sounds like awesome advice. We, unfortunately, are out of time. We've got some homework coming from Lari.
[Lari] Yeah. So, I want you to pick a couple of contemporary published short story writers, and just trace their publication history. So you can see where they've been published, at which points in their career, and hopefully that will help you start sketching a roadmap for your own.
[Dan] Awesome. All right. Well, thanks everybody for listening. This is Writing Excuses. You are out of excuses. Now go write.
 

Profile

Writing Excuses Transcripts

April 2025

S M T W T F S
  12 345
6789 101112
13141516 171819
20212223242526
27282930   

Syndicate

RSS Atom

Most Popular Tags

Style Credit

Expand Cut Tags

No cut tags
Page generated Apr. 23rd, 2025 11:12 am
Powered by Dreamwidth Studios